power supply selection guide (ups) - find the...
TRANSCRIPT
Uninterruptible Power Supply
(UPS)Selection Guide
Pagine da icd_27093_ep1.pdf 1 20/04/2010 15.11.22
General Index
MASTERYS IP+ 10-80
DELPHYS MX 250-900kVA
DELPHYS MP 60-200kVA
GREEN POWER 10-200kVA
MASTERYS EB 15-90
MASTERYS MC 60-80
MASTERYS BC 8-40kVA
OVERVIEW
SELECTION GUIDE
GLOSSARY
SHARYS IP 15-200 A
STATYS 32-1800 A
SHARYS 30-600 A
EMERGENCY8-200kVA
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
Selection guideOverview
PRODUCT SHEETS
Masterys BC 8-40Masterys MC 60-80Masterys IP+ 10-80Masterys EB 15-90Green Power 10-200Delphys MP 60-200Delphys MX 250-900Emergency 8-200 Statys 30-1800Sharys 30-600Sharys IP 15-200
Glossary
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 1 20/04/2010 12.32.04
2 General Index
SOCOMEC retains the full and exclusive ownership rights over this document. Only a personal right to utilize the document for the application indicated by SOCOMEC UPS is granted to the recipient of such document. Any reproduction, modification or disse-mination of this document, whether in part or whole, and in any way is prohibited, except upon Socomec's express prior written consent.
This document is not a specification. SOCOMEC UPS reserves the right to make any changes to data without prior notice.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 2 20/04/2010 12.32.53
SELECTION GUIDE
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 3 20/04/2010 12.32.53
4 Selection guide
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 4 20/04/2010 12.32.53
INDEX
1. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.1. Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2. SELECTION GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82.1. Applications: IT (CED, Data Centre, Server Farm, VoIP, Networking, Telecom) . 82.2. Applications: Control Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82.3. Applications: Process Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82.4. Applications: Control and Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92.5. Applications: Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92.6. Applications: Medical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92.7. Applications: General application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5Selection guide
SE
LEC
TIO
N
GU
IDE
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 5 20/04/2010 12.32.53
6 Selection guide
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 6 20/04/2010 12.32.53
INTRODUCTION1.
The following selection guide is designed to help users identify the static UPS system or static transfer system which best suits their required application.
The hypothetical operating conditions on which selection is based, unless otherwise indicated, are:
maximum ambient temperature of 40°C for the room where the UPS, STS or VSS+DC are installed;•
ambient temperature of 25°C for the battery room and conformity with EN50272-2;•
linear and non-linear load power supply as defined by EN 62040-3;•
input voltage tolerance ± 15%*•
(*) Socomec UPS products have even higher tolerances. You are invited to consult the product section for details on the individual model.
Structure1.1.
The selection guide has the following logical flow structure to help you identify the right solution:
Selection criteria Example
Application IT application
Electrical distribution 3ph / 3ph
Total power required 400 kVA / 360 kW
Model Delphys GP
Number of units needed (for single power value N)
2
The minimum data necessary for selection is indicated in italics.
Alternatively you can make a choice based on particular needs, such as short-circuit characteristics.
You are also advised to speak to your local Socomec UPS dealer, since they may be able to help you identify potential characteristics of the application which require different selection criteria than those proposed in this guide.
Socomec UPS products consist of:
- static UPS systems from 400 VA to 5400 kVA;
- central power supply systems from 3 to 200 kVA;
- static transfer switches from 16 to 1800 A;
- battery or kinetic energy storage systems;
- rectifiers from 7.5 to 600 A;
- inverters from 1.5 to 18 kVA.
Contact your Socomec UPS dealer for details on other units not available in this guide.
Once you have identified the unit or system which best suits your requirements, refer to the detailed sheets for indepth technical data.
7Selection guide
SE
LEC
TIO
N
GU
IDE
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 7 20/04/2010 12.32.53
SELECTION GUIDE2.
Applications: IT (CED, Data Centre, Server Farm, VoIP, Networking, 2.1. Telecom)
System ModelDistribution
phase/phase»
Power (from …to
…)
N. Max units in parallel
Output transformer Remark
UPS Masterys MC 3/1 10-20 kVA 6 No Redundant configuration with STS recommended
UPS Masterys MC 3/3 10-80 kVA 6 No Redundant configuration with STS recommended
UPS Masterys EB 3/3 30-90 kVA 6 No Hot swapping of UPS modules and batteries
UPS Masterys GP 3/3 100-120 kVA 6 No Redundant configuration with STS
recommended
UPS Delphys GP 3/3 160-200 kVA 8 No Redundant configuration with STS
recommended
UPS Delphys MX 3/3 250-900 kVA 6 Yes Redundant configuration with STS
recommended
STS Statys 1/1 32-63 A - - Version for 19" rack
STS Statys 3/3 63-100 A - - Version for 19" rack
STS Statys 3/3 200-1800 A - - Cabinet or integrable version
RectifiersSharys
Micro/Mini1/DC 7.5-200 A - - Integrable rack
Rectifiers Sharys Elite 1/DC 7.5-600 A - - Stand-alone
Applications: Control Industry2.2.
System ModelDistribution
phase/phase»
Power (from …to
…)
N. Max units in parallel
Output transformer Remark
UPS Masterys IP+ 3/1 10-60 kVA 6 Yes Suitable for harsh operating envi-ronments
UPS Masterys IP+ 3/3 10-80 kVA 6 Yes Suitable for harsh operating envi-ronments
UPS Delphys MP IP 3/3 100-200 kVA 6 Yes Suitable for harsh operating envi-
ronments
Applications: Process Industry2.3.
System ModelDistribution
phase/phase»
Power (from …to
…)
N. Max units in parallel
Output transformer Remark
UPS Delphys MP IP 3/3 100-200 kVA 6 Yes Suitable for harsh operating envi-
ronments
UPS Delphys MX IP 3/3 250-900 KVA 6 Yes Suitable for harsh operating envi-
ronments
8 Selection guide
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 8 20/04/2010 12.32.53
SELECTION GUIDE
Applications: Control and Monitoring2.4.
System ModelDistribution
phase/phase»
Power (from …to
…)
N. Max units in parallel
Output transformer Remark
Rectifier Sharys IP 1/DC 15-200 A - - Suitable for harsh operating envi-ronments
Rectifier Sharys IP 3/DC 60-150 A - - Suitable for harsh operating envi-ronments
Applications: Emergency2.5.
System ModelDistribution
phase/phase»
Power (from …to
…)
N. Max units in parallel
Output transformer Remark
CPSS Modulys EL 1/1 3-6 kVA 1 No Suitable for harsh operating envi-ronments
CPSS Masterys EL 3/1 10-20 kVA 6 No Suitable for harsh operating envi-ronments
CPSS Masterys EL 3/3 10-80 kVA 6 No Suitable for harsh operating envi-ronments
CPSS Delphys EL 3/3 100-200 kVA 6 Yes Suitable for harsh operating envi-
ronments
Applications: Medical2.6.
System ModelDistribution
phase/phase»
Power (from …to
…)
N. Max units in parallel
Output transformer Remark
UPS Masterys IP 3/1 10-20 kVA 6 Yes Redundant configuration with STS recommended
UPS Masterys IP 3/3 10-40 kVA 6 Yes Redundant configuration with STS recommended
UPS Delphys MP 3/3 100-200 kVA 6 Yes Redundant configuration with STS
recommended
UPS Delphys MP 3/3 100-200 kVA 6 Yes Redundant configuration with STS
recommended
UPS Delphys MX 3/3 250-900 KVA 6 Yes Redundant configuration with STS
recommended
STS Statys 1/1 32-63 A - - Version for 19" rack
STS Statys 3/3 63-100 A - - Version for 19" rack
STS Statys 3/3 200-1800 A - - Cabinet or integrable version
9Selection guide
SE
LEC
TIO
N
GU
IDE
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 9 20/04/2010 12.32.53
SELECTION GUIDE
Applications: General application2.7.
System ModelDistribution
phase/phase»
Power (from …to …)
N. Max units in parallel
Output transformer Remark
UPS Masterys BC 1/1 8-10 kVA 1+1 No -
UPS Masterys BC 3/1 8-20 kVA 1+1 No -
UPS Masterys BC 3/3 10-40kVA 1+1 No -
UPS Masterys MC 3/3 60-80 kVA 6 No -
UPS Masterys MC 3/3 100-120 kVA 1+1 No -
UPS Delphys MP 3/3 100-200 kVA 6 Yes -
UPS Delphys MX 3/3 250-900 kVA 6 Yes -
10 Selection guide10
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 10 20/04/2010 12.32.54
OVERVIEWS y s t e m
s e t u p
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 11 20/04/2010 12.32.54
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 12 20/04/2010 12.32.54
INDEX
1. POWER QUALITY ISSUES AND SOLUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151.1. Power interruptions and voltage dips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151.2. Voltage and current distortions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151.3. Flicker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161.4. Voltage asymmetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161.5. Costs of poor-quality power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
2. ELECTRICAL POWER AVAILABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182.1. Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182.2. Availability of parallel or series systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182.3. Importance of topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3. STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193.1. Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193.2. Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.2.1. Passive Standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193.2.2. Line-Interactive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203.2.3. Double conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203.2.4. Classification in accordance with EN 62040-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Double conversion UPS functional modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213.2.5. Rectifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213.2.6. DC bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223.2.7. Battery charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223.2.8. Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223.2.9. Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223.2.10. Automatic bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223.2.11. Maintenance bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233.2.12. Storage systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
3.3. Backfeed protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243.4. UPS sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253.5. Temperature control in the place of installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253.6. Central power supply systems (CPSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263.7. Generator sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263.8. Protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
3.8.1. Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263.8.2. Selecting and co-ordinating devices to protect against overloads and short-circuits . . . .273.8.3. Selecting and sizing differential breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283.8.4. Overvoltage protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
3.9. Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283.10. Directives and Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
3.10.1. Directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293.10.2. Safety Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293.10.3. Electromagnetic Compatibility Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293.10.4. Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293.10.5. Other standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
4. STATIC TRANSFER SYSTEMS (STS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304.1. Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304.2. Performance (IEC 62310-3 definition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304.3. STS usage examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304.4. Functional modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
4.4.1. SCR modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314.4.2. Power supply module (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314.4.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314.4.4. Maintenance bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
4.5. Backfeed protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324.6. Selecting a STS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
13Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 13 20/04/2010 12.32.54
4.7. Protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334.7.1. Selecting and coordinating thermal-magnetic breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334.7.2. Selecting and sizing differential breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
4.8. Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334.9. Directives and Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
5. DC POWER STATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345.1. Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345.2. Functional modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
5.2.1. AC/DC converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345.2.2. DC/DC converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345.2.3. Energy storage system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345.2.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
5.3. Power station sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345.4. Temperature of the place of installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355.5. Protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
5.5.1. Selecting and co-ordinating devices to protect against overloads and short-circuits . . . .355.5.2. Selecting and sizing differential breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355.5.3. Low Voltage Disconnect (LVD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355.5.4. Overvoltage protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355.5.5. Earth Leakage Control (ELC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
5.6. Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365.7. Directives and Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
5.7.1. Directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365.7.2. Safety Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365.7.3. Electromagnetic Compatibility Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365.7.4. PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365.7.5. Other standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
6. COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376.1. Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
6.1.1. Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376.1.2. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
6.2. Physical supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376.3. Remote services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
7. TCO: TOTAL COST OF OWNERSHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387.1. Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387.2. Impact of UPS or STS systems on the TCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
7.2.1. THDi and cosφ input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387.2.2. Footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387.2.3. Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387.2.4. Front access and ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387.2.5. Ease of use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387.2.6. Communication systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
8. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398.1. RoHS and WEEE directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398.2. Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
9. DIRECT ENERGY IMPACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
10. IMPACT ON AIR CONDITIONING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
14 Overview14
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 14 20/04/2010 12.32.54
15Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
POWER QUALITY ISSUES AND SOLUTIONS1.
It goes without saying that in order for power to be used by the load, it must be present. A less obvious concept is that the power must have characteristics that make it ideal for use, e.g. it must fall within the tolerances permitted by the electric load or utility.
The concept of Power Quality (PQ) is, therefore, the set of limits which make energy useable and, consequently, the branch of study which defines assessment criteria and methods of measurement, in addition to analysing causes and proposing solutions.
The concept of PQ is not absolute, but always depends on the energy load. For example, in general terms, it can be stated that IT equipment has more stringent PQ requirements than a motor for industrial applications. Normally, PQ requirements and the measures for achieving them, depend on techno-economical considerations and compromises.
Loads, in addition to being sensitive to poor-quality power, are often also the cause of power quality issues. The diffusion of non-linear loads (typically electronic equipment) and the connection of large utilities on weak lines are just some of the many causes. Another cause is atmospheric phenomena.
The most common disturbances that adversely affect the operation of a component or an electrical utility are:
• power sags or outages due to network faults
• short voltage variations due to the connection of heavy loads or the presence of faults in the network
• distortion of currents and voltages due to non-linear loads present in the system or in the systems of other utilities, etc.
• flicker due to large intermittent loads
• asymmetry in the supply voltage system
Power interruptions and voltage dips1.1.
All elements in an electrical system are sensitive, in different ways, to power dips or interruptions.
Long interruptions are the result of permanent faults which occur in public distribution networks or within the user's system. The duration may vary from a few minutes to several hours in the most critical cases. By contrast, micro-interruptions are linked to faults which occur in the distributor's networks and normally last for less than a second.
Voltage and current distortions1.2.
Waveform distortions are mainly caused by non-linear loads which, even if powered using sinusoidal voltages, draw highly distorted currents.
Typical non-linear loads include:
• devices which perform AC/DC and DC/AC conversions (present in all electronic power supplies, for example comput-ers)
• fluorescent lamps
• electric soldering irons
• arc furnaces (also responsible for flicker)
• electrical drives
Any periodic waveform can be represented through Fourier series analysis by a fundamental sinewave and by sinusoidal compo-nents of varying amplitude and with multiple frequencies, known as harmonics (Figure 1.2-1).
Δ U
Δ t < 3 min
Δ t
Un> 0,99 Δ U
Δ t > 3 min
Un> 0,99U
Un
1
t
1.1-1 Accidental power interruptions.
TBK
0000
00TB
K00
0001
1.2-1 Sinusoidal waveform distortion:
harmonic components
real waveform
Short interruption Long interruption
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 15 20/04/2010 12.32.54
16 Overview
TBK
0000
03
Harmonic currents circulating in the network cause voltage drops of the same order of magnitude and depending on the line imped-ance, with resulting voltage distortion.
This means that the magnitude of the disturbance caused at each point of the system (both the user and at the point of delivery) depends not only on the characteristics of the load, but also on the characteristics of the plant itself. All electrical components are affected by waveform distortion.
Harmonic distortion is also known as THD (total harmonic distortion).
The negative consequences of harmonics generally include thermal overloading and sometimes dielectric problems (which can occur in power-factor correction batteries, for example).
Harmonics typically increase the risk of overheating in system components or nuisance trips.
Flicker1.3.
The connection and disconnection of loads in an electri-cal system generate rapid and repetitive voltage variations. In particular, certain types of consumers such as arc furnaces and soldering irons draw current in an irregular and variable manner during their operating cycle, giving rise to flicker.
Loads which are most sensitive to voltage fluctuations are incan-descent lamps, as the flicker produced by variations in light flow can cause irritation to those who use them.
Voltage asymmetry1.4.
There are two main causes for asymmetry in the supply voltage system, with the first one being most prevalent:
• Presence of highly unbalanced loads supplied from the same line. This includes high-power single-phase loads which in certain cases may also be intermittent (e.g. high-power single-phase soldering irons). The severity of this phenomenon increases in proportion to the degree of load imbalance and the impedance of the power supply line (length, diameter). The worst affected loads are those located near to or downstream of the unbalanced load.
• Asymmetrical impedance of the power line. This problem is significant in the case of long backbone lines with no transposi-tions between the conductors along the route.
Asymmetrical voltage can create problems especially in rotating synchronous and asynchronous machines such as, for example, overheating windings, reduced starting torque and vibrations
235 V
230 V
225 V
220 V
215 V
9 h
1.3-1 Example of fluctuations of voltage RMS value
TBK
0000
02
1.4-1 Three-phase symmetrical voltage
1. POWER QUALITY ISSUES AND SOLUTIONS
Tempo (h)
rms
volta
ge (V
)
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 16 20/04/2010 12.32.54
17Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
TBK
0000
05TB
K00
0000
4
In general, even the nominal power of the transformers and the cable ratings are reduced in the case of significant asymmetry. In fact, the operating limit of these components is determined by the effective value of the total current which, in the case of imbalance, also consists of non-direct sequence currents. This fact must also be taken into account when adjusting the trip thresholds of protection devices which are sensitive to the total current.
Costs of poor-quality power1.5.
The following estimated costs of poor power quality are provided for indication purposes (source: LPQI).
4,6 4,16,4
51,2
8586,5
53,4
1,34,2
1,5 1,1 2,10
1,80,2
41,3
2,9
44,6
63,5
1,4 2,2
64
37,9
30,9 2 0,4 0,1
3,3
30
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
1.5-1 Power quality costs in Europe (billions of €)
1.4-2 Three-phase asymmetrical voltage
1. POWER QUALITY ISSUES AND SOLUTIONS
Voltage gap and Short interruption
Long interruption
Harmonics
Over voltage and transition
Flicker, not balanced grounds, EMC phenomena
Production Stop
Loosing of current job
Process speed reduction
System damage
Other cost
Industry TotalServices Industry TotalServices
Billions of €
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 17 20/04/2010 12.32.54
18 Overview
ELECTRICAL POWER AVAILABILITY2.
Definition2.1.
The general concept of availability (A) refers to the length of time that a system is able to perform its intended function.
Normally, availability is indicated as a value per unit or as a percentage of the system's total lifespan.
Electrical power availability refers to the length of time a load is supplied with high-quality power. More intuitively, it is the length of time the power distribution system performs its intended function without interruptions due to breakdown or [routine] maintenance. In information technology terms, this concept is known as 'uptime' and is the opposite of downtime, e.g. periods when a system is unavailable.
The mathematical definition of availability is:
A = = 1 –MTBF
MTBF + MTTRMTTR
MTBF + MTTRMTTRMTBF
= 1 –
All parameters involved are statistical and describe:
• MTBF: mean time between failure;
• MTTR: mean time to repair.
The approximation derives from the fact that, due to the intrinsic characteristics of standard-compliant power supply systems, MTTR is at least two orders of magnitude less than MTBF.
Availability is always less than 1 or at 100% and is always expressed in nines (99.99..%)
It is self-evident that the availability of an electrical power supply depends on the availability of its constituent components: distribu-tion network, transformers, lines or cables, protection devices, UPS, generator sets, etc.
Availability of parallel or series systems2.2.
Below are three examples for comparing availability based on the different topologies. For simplicity, the availability value of both the source and the load are the same and are equal to 0.998.
2.2-1 Single source with single distribution
2.2-2 Double source with single distribution
2.2-3 Double source with double distribution
TBK
0000
06
TBK
0000
07
TBK
0000
08
Atot = A*A =~ 0.996004Statistical annual downtime: 35 hours.
Atot = A2 (2-A) =~ 0.997996Statistical annual downtime: 17 hours.
Atot = A2 (2- A2) =~ 0.999984Statistical annual downtime: 8 minutes.
Importance of topology2.3.
Topology is fundamental. This is demonstrated not only by the previous example but by experience. Human error, fire and flooding are just some of the possible causes of physical damage to equipment. You can imagine the consequences of having two redundant UPS systems installed in the same equipment room or two distribution lines in the same channels or conduits: a vital and expensive redundancy system would be at serious risk due to physical causes.
In view of technical and economic considerations, it is advisable not only to ensure redundancy of the various systems, but also to physically separate them.
UPS
UPS
UPS UPS
UPS DISTRIBUTION
DISTRIBUTION
DISTRIBUTION DISTRIBUTION
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 18 20/04/2010 12.32.54
19Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) 3. SYSTEMS
TBK
0000
09
Definition3.1.
Uninterruptible power systems, perhaps more commonly known as UPS, primarily consist of an energy storage system in various forms, on the basis of which an initial classification can be made, and a system for converting this into power.
In a static UPS, energy is stored in an electrochemical form in either special storage batteries or in kinetic form, using flywheels, and reconverted into the desired form using static electronic converters.
In dynamic UPS systems, energy storage is exclusively in kinetic form, and uses a rotary generator for reconversion.
Types3.2.
The standard EN 62040-3 was developed in response to the need to classify the various types of static UPS systems currently avail-able on the market. It distinguishes between three major product families, according to the internal schemes adopted:
• VFD - passive standby;
• VI - line-interactive;
• VFI - double conversion.
Passive Standby3.2.1.
Utilities are normally powered by the mains supply. At the same time, the mains power supply also supplies the battery charger, which maintains the storage batteries at the maximum load level.
In the event of power loss, a solid-state or electromechani-cal commutator transfers the load to the inverter, which now activates, supported by the batteries. This mode of functioning continues until ordinary mains power conditions are restored or until the stored energy is exhausted.
The merits of this solution are essentially in its simple design, which helps to contain the cost of the equipment.
Being the least expensive option, this type of UPS offers extremely limited performance, e.g:
• no decoupling between the upstream distribution system and the load;
• switching times of approximately 10 milliseconds, which are not always compatible with the loads needs;
• no system for regulating the output frequency;
Because of these disadvantages, UPS systems in this category are now used only for loads with low power ratings, typically up to 2kVA.
3.2-1 Operation of passive standby UPS
AC input
Battery charger
Inverter
Battery
UPS switch
AC output
Normal mode
Battery mode
passive standby UPS
Rectifier
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 19 20/04/2010 12.32.54
20 Overview
Line-Interactive3.2.2.
This configuration is characterised by the presence of a revers-ible AC/DC converter which can function both as an inverter and as a battery charger. In ordinary conditions, the load is supplied by the mains power supply through a solid-state breaker, which allows isolation of the system when the inverter is activated, preventing power from being fed back to the mains power supply. The voltage supplied to the load is conditioned by an AVR autotransformer (Automatic Voltage Regulator). In contrast to a passive-standby system, a line-interactive UPS system operates when mains power is available. Owing to its position in parallel with the ordinary power supply line, it guarantees a certain improvement in voltage quality, although this is limited to aspects such as magnitude fluctuations.
If the mains power is lost, the solid-state breaker is opened automatically, and the load is powered exclusively by the battery - inverter unit, until ordinary conditions are restored or until the storage batteries are exhausted.
Compared to passive-standby systems, line-interactive UPS provide better waveform conditioning, but with some draw-backs:
• no decoupling between the upstream distribution system and the load;
• no system for regulating the output frequency;
• switching times of a few milliseconds (4 - 5ms).
Double conversion3.2.3.
Unlike the configurations considered above, double-conversion UPS systems constitute true electric generators that are completely isolated - with few exceptions - from the mains network, in which power is supplied by the mains network itself. Since the power to the load is transformed solely by the UPS inverter, without any interaction with the mains network and regardless of whether the power originates from the mains supply or the battery, it is possible to fully exploit the versatility of the static converter, which is able to manipulate the voltage supplied to the load under any condition. In fact, based on the direct current supplied from other components of the UPS such as the rectifier or battery, the inverter control system ensures an output waveform which is totally independent of the input waveform, with an undistorted frequency and amplitude.
The advantages of this type of UPS system are numerous:
• isolation of loads from the upstream distribution network (thereby allowing for precise regulation of the output frequency)
• very wide input voltage tolerance
• instantaneous switching between mains power and battery (more a case of seamless transfer than switching)
• no-break transfer to bypass mode
The efficiency of double conversion UPS, typically 90 - 96%, is less than that of a line-interactive or passive-standby system, since the current supplied by the mains power is converted twice by a rectifier and an inverter, each of which are equipped with semiconductors (diodes, SCR, IGBT), which are prone to conduction and commutation losses. Nevertheless, the advantages of maximum-quality power obtained using a double-conversion system compensate for the losses which would otherwise occur on the cables and switches as a result of harmonics or other power quality issues. It is the recommended and most widely used technology for applications with a power rating of 5kVA or higher.
3.2-2 Operation of line-interactive UPS with bypass
3. STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS
TBK
0000
10
Bypass (master or slave)
AC input
AVR
Inverter
Battery
UPS switch
AC output
Normal mode
Battery mode
Bypass mode
line-interactive UPS with bypass
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 20 20/04/2010 12.32.55
21Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
Classification in accordance with EN 62040-33.2.4.
In addition to the technology, the EN 62040-3 standard classifies UPS systems according to the output waveform and voltage drops, both in clearly defined switching conditions.
Standard EN 62040-3 table D.1 - Type of UPS, additional characteristics and system requirements
a) single
b) multi-module
c) bypass to primary power or backup power
d) AC generator backup power system (if applicable)
e) bypass transfer time (if applicable)
f) galvanic separation between input and/or DC connection and/or output
g) earthing of the input and/or DC connection and/or output
h) bypass circuits for maintenance and other installation requirements, such as UPS disconnectors and connection switches
i) compatibility with the existing power system (for example according to IEC 60364-4)
j) remote shutdown or emergency power-off (EPO) device
Double conversion UPS functional modules
Rectifier3.2.5.
When mains power is available, the rectifier converts alternating voltage into direct voltage (AC/DC converter) to power the DC bus.
Different types of rectifier are available according to the electronic components used, the topology and the control system.
The quality of the rectifier is determined by three parameters, namely:
• conversion efficiency;
• input frequency and voltage tolerances;
• input power factor
• generation of harmonics to the mains.
The most widespread types of rectifier and the typical harmonic content of three-phase current absorbed by the mains are:
• 6-pulse SCR: 32%
• 12-pulse SCR: 12%
• Boost: 27%
• Inverter: 4%
From the DC side, the battery charger is unable to supply perfect direct voltage due to residual ripple which causes premature ageing of the batteries.
3. STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS
(**
3.3-1 Operation of double-conversion UPS
TBK
0000
11
AC input (*)
Battery
DC connection
Battery charger
AC/DC converter (***)
Inverter
Bypass (master or slave)
UPS switchAC output
Normal mode
Battery mode
Bypass mode
(***) The converter could be a rectifier, a phase shift rectifier or a mix of rectifier and DC/DC converter
(**) Blocking diode or switch
(*) AC input can be combined
Double-conversion UPS with Bypass
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 21 20/04/2010 12.32.55
22 Overview
3. STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS
DC bus3.2.6.
The DC bus is the part of the UPS power circuit in DC voltage.
A high-quality automatic bypass typically has a wide range of tolerable DC voltages: it therefore provides greater flexibility in the number of batteries based on the required back-up time.
Battery charger3.2.7.
The battery charger is the DC/DC converter which decouples the battery voltage from the DC bus voltage.
The advantage of this is twofold:
• the battery voltage is independent of the DC bus voltage;
• elimination of output ripple from the rectifier
Inverter3.2.8.
Converts direct current from the rectifier into sinewave current of perfectly stable magnitude and frequency. The inverter is therefore a DC/AC converter.
The quality of the rectifier is determined by three parameters, namely:
• conversion efficiency;
• ability to supply leading power factor loads;
• ability to withstand overloads and short-circuits;
• quality of the voltage waveform in the presence of distorting loads.
Transformers3.2.9.
The transformer is not an obligatory component and is the source of an informal classification which divides UPS systems into "trafoless" (transformer-less) and "trafo" systems It is necessary to determine whether the transformer is present as a functional component of the UPS system or whether its purpose is to manage the neutral.
In UPS units with a transformer on the inverter output, the output neutral, when available, is bonded to the bypass neutral downstream of the transformer, whereas in trafoless systems, the rectifier neutral and bypass neutral are common even inside the unit.
The insertion of a transformer on the static UPS line guarantees the galvanic isolation of the system and a single neutral system downstream of the UPS, in any operating condition.
In any case, it it important to bear in mind that the built-in UPS transformer does not permit the neutral state to be changed.
Advantages of trafo technology compared to trafoless technology:
• high short-circuit capacity, therefore greater flexibility in the choice of protection devices;
• no DC components in the output voltage.
Disadvantages of trafo technology compared to trafoless technology:
• higher weight;
• larger footprint.
In any case, technical and economic factors should be considered on a case-by-case basis, making selection straightforward and unambiguous.
Automatic bypass3.2.10.
Switches the UPS output to the auxiliary network in the event of an overload or fault in the inverter module.
The network bypass circuit is formed by a SCR module and directly connects the network with the load.
The quality of the automatic bypass is mainly determined by its ability to withstand overloads and short-circuits.
In the case of separate input power supplies, it's common to use a bypass input or back-up input (to distinguish it from the rectifier input), an input which is dedicated exclusively to the bypass with the aim of minimising the probability of the rectifier supply and bypass supply failing at the same time. The bypass supply can be a different power line to that of the inverter input or generator. If there is no separation of the power supplies, this is referred to as a common input.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 22 20/04/2010 12.32.55
23Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
3. STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS
Maintenance bypass3.2.11.
The manual or maintenance bypass module is not necessary for operation of the UPS and therefore it is not always supplied in the standard configuration.
The aim of this module is to enable routine or non-routine maintenance to be carried out without interrupting the power supply.
Storage systems3.2.12.
The storage system is the power source which supplies the inverter during a mains power outage, preventing power interruptions to the connected applications.
• Batteries:
Batteries are the most common means of storing energy. They are electrochemical devices and are therefore sensitive to operating conditions: temperature, charge and discharge cycles. The most commonly used batteries for this purpose are sealed, lead-acid maintenance-free batteries, open-vented or nickel-cadmium.
Battery performance is expressed in terms of design life and the type of discharge permitted. Excellent performance is provided by long-life batteries (10-12 years) with high-rate discharge.
Battery life is theoretical. In practice, it depends on the charge/discharge cycles and the temperature of the place of installation.
To illustrate how temperature affects battery life, EUROBAT (Association of European Storage Battery Manufacturers) states that the expected service life is halved for every 10°C above 25°C. This means that batteries with a "10-12 year" design life which are installed in places within an ambient temperature of 35°C or 45°C will last no longer than 5-6 years and 2.5-3 years respectively.
The place where the batteries are installed must be equipped with adequate ventilation and air conditioning to guarantee the correct operation of the batteries and the safety of the installation. To this effect the following formula can be applied in accordance with Standard EN 50272, which aims to keep the concentration of hydrogen in the room below the threshold of 4%vol.
Q= v • q • s • n • Igas • Crt • 10-3 [m3/h]where:
Q = ventilation air flow in m3/h
v = necessary hydrogen dilution factor
q = 0.42 x 10-3m3/Ah hydrogen generation
s = 5, general safety factor
n = number of battery cells
Igas = current producing gas expressed in mA/Ah of assigned capacity, for float charging current or for boost charging current
Crt = C10 capacity for lead-acid cells
(Ah), Uf = 1.80 V/cell at 20°C or C5 for nickel-cadmium cells (Ah), Uf = 1.00 V/cell at 20°C.
By combining the constants the formula is simplified to:
Q = 0.05 • n • Igas • Crt v 10-3 [m3/h]
Unless otherwise specified by the battery manufacturer:
Igas Open cells of lead-acid batte-ries
VRLA cells oflead-acid batteries
Open cells ofnickel-cadmium batteries
During float charge 5 1 5
During boost charge 20 8 50
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 23 20/04/2010 12.32.55
24 Overview
3. STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS
• Flywheels
The flywheel is a system whereby energy is accumulated and stored in mechanical form. It can be as a replacement or supplement for a bank of conventional chemical batteries. Connected to the DC bus of UPS units, the flywheel delivers power and energy to the UPS when mains input power sags or is interrupted.
Two types of flywheel are commercially available: low-speed and high-speed.
Low speed Flywheel High speed Flywheel
Speed 8000 rpm > 30000 rpm
Weight 1000 kg approx 200 kg approx
Footprint High Minimal
Storable energy 1-2 MW for 10-15 seconds 1 MW for 10-15 seconds
Charging Minutes Minutes
Maintenance Frequent Minimal
High-speed flywheels store kinetic energy in an ultra-fast, carbon/glass fibre composite rotor which rotates in a vacuum (integrated internal vacuum system). Due to an active magnetic levitation system that reduces friction, maintenance requirements are minimal and there are no mechanical bearings to replace.
Like a chemical battery bank, it receives recharge and float power from the DC bus and returns power whenever the DC bus volt-age drops below a programmable threshold level.
The flywheel can eliminate the need for batteries by ensuring uninterrupted power
Protection against power micro-interruptions.
Flywheel and batteries can also be used simultaneously in UPS units, with the advantage of increased battery life. This is possible because the flywheel, in parallel with the batteries, ensures protection during brief interruptions, therefore preserving the capacity of the batteries for longer outages and improving their lifecycle.
The service life of flywheels is over four times longer than batteries. They are also stable, reliable and require minimal maintenance. Furthermore, unlike batteries, they are not subject to significant fluctuations in the cost of lead.
Controllo
The brain of the UPS is its control system. The best architectures are based on digital signal processing (DSP) microprocessors which are able to perform complex calculations and algorithms. Architectures enable the machine to respond to different events and to report states and events via communication interfaces.
Backfeed protection3.3.
Backfeed protection prevents voltage from returning to the mains power supply. This issue is governed by standard EN 62040-1-1.
Backfeed protection is mandatory in fixed and mobile installations. In the case of fixed installations, the backfeed protection can be external to the UPS unit when indicated by a suitable warning label.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 24 20/04/2010 12.32.55
25Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
3. STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS
UPS sizing3.4.
Choosing the power rating of a UPS unit is a process which involves taking into account various elements, both functional and regulatory.
The main elements to be considered may include:
• two of the following parameters regarding the loads to be supplied:
- Active Power (PRL);
- Apparent Power (SRL);
- Power Factor (PF).
• type of load power supply (voltage, frequency, number of phases);
• load coincidence factor;
• required back-up time;
• type of mains power supply (voltage, frequency, number of phases).
In the event of a particular load, which for example requires a high inrush current, this current value must be taken into account. Once the following parameters are known:
• ÎUPS - maximum current of the UPS;
• tUPS - the time for which ÎUPS is sustainable;
• ÎL - overload current required by the load;
• SL - apparent power of the load
the apparent power rating, in case of load crest factor 3:1, is
SUPS = SL ÎL
ÎUPS
If the load is also strongly non-linear, as is the case with electronic equipment for example, and if the crest factor is higher than that tolerated by the UPS, it is advisable to consider a derating factor.
Temperature control in the place of installation3.5.
Normally, uninterruptible power systems can function at nominal powers for ambient temperatures up to 40°C, heating the environ-ment in which they are installed due to electrical losses dissipated in the form of heat. These losses cause the natural temperature to increase (∆T) and are normally indicated by UPS manufacturers
The temperature of a room, which is 25°C with the UPS switched off, may increase by up to 15°C before it is necessary to derate the equipment. Room ventilation or air conditioning may enable these limits to be respected.
For ventilation, the following empirical formula is provided:
[ ] [ ][ ]
[ ][ ]KT
WP
WT
hkcalPhmQ
Δ⋅=
Δ⋅=
248,0288,03
where:
Q = Air flow rate
P = Power dissipated in the enclosure
∆T = Difference between maximum air temperature permitted in the enclosure and the maximum temperature of air used for cool-ing
Note that, in terms of temperature difference, degrees Kelvin (°K) and Centigrade (°C) are equal (this does not apply to absolute values).
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 25 20/04/2010 12.32.55
26 Overview
3. STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS
NOTE: For ventilation, see also the paragraph "Batteries" regarding safety in the battery room.
Meanwhile as regards air conditioning, you are recommended to contact the equipment supplier with the characteristics of the place of installation and the electrical losses of the UPS. It is advisable to consider the worst-case operating conditions: typically at midday in summer.
Central power supply systems (CPSS)3.6.
Central power supply systems (CPSS) provide a centralised, independent energy supply to essential safety equipment such as emergency escape lighting, electrical circuits of automatic fire extinguishing systems, paging systems and signalling safety installa-tions, smoke extraction equipment and carbon monoxide warning systems for specific buildings (e.g. in high-risk areas).
An uninterruptible power supply, when used to power essential safety systems such as those listed above, must comply not only with the requirements of the EN 62040 series of product standards, but also with the additional requirements of system standard EN 50171.
The main additional characteristics which the system must have can be summarised as follows:
• the enclosures must be resistant to specific thermal stresses (glow wire tests)
• the input voltage must be in conformity with HD472 S1, with frequency within ±2% of the nominal value
• specifically the batteries must be:
- protected against total discharge
- long-life batteries
- protected against polarity inversion of the connection cables
- quick charging
In order for the power supply system to be effective, suitable precautions must be taken with respect to all of its component parts (protection devices, lines, etc.).
Note that other national requirements may exist in addition to those specified here.
Generator sizing3.7.
When the power source of the uninterruptible power supply includes a generator, in determining the latter it is necessary to take into account the voltage drop in the series impedance of the generator set due to harmonic variations.
The most suitable parameter for this calculation is the subtransitory reactance of the alternator, calculated for each frequency involved.
The subtransitory reactance value is provided in the generator set data sheets and is normally indicated with X"d.
2nI
V
2i
id”
%
IX∑=∆
The criteria is to choose the generator set which, given the current harmonics of the UPS, has a harmonic voltage drop, and therefore distortion, within the tolerance limit permitted by the line.
Protection devices3.8.
Definitions3.8.1.
• Total selectivity: is guaranteed for all types of fault (overload, short-circuit, earth fault) and for all overcurrent values, between the trip threshold of the upstream device and the prospective short-circuit current at the point where the downstream device is installed.
• Partial selectivity: is guaranteed up to a certain overcurrent limit Is (selectivity limit current).
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 26 20/04/2010 12.32.55
27Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
3. STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS
MCB1
X2
F1
F3
X3
PE
E.S.D.
MCB3
K1
F2
G1*
X4
MCB2
I2tI2 tSCR = 245000 A2 s
I2 tUPS = 7670 A2 s
Icc – inv = 277A Icc – line = 3000A
I2 tMCB – 2 A2 s
I2 tMCB – 2
I2 tMCB – 3 A2 s
I2 tMCB – 3
3.9-1 3.9-2
Selecting and co-ordinating devices to protect against overloads and short-circuits 3.8.2.
• Overload selectivity: for breaker trip times from several hours to several seconds (overcurrents up to 6-8 times the nominal current), the co-ordination curves (breaker time-current curves) must never overlap. In the event of overload, the UPS continues normal operation by switching to the bypass when the thermal limits of the inverter are reached. Consequently, this transfer must be taken into account during co-ordination of the various protection devices. The UPS data sheets normally indicate the overload currents "per unit" or "as a percentage" and the corresponding tolerance time.
• Short-circuit selectivity: short-circuit currents can be very high, so the protection devices must be tripped within a few millisec-onds to prevent burn-out of the cables. The time-current curves used as criteria for selecting overload protection are not valid when considering short-circuit protection, on account of the short trip times. In this case, the breakers must be sized based on the Joule integral curves of the devices. In practice, for a given prospective short-circuit current value, the minimum l2t let-through of the upstream device must be greater than the maximum l2t let-though of the downstream device.
In the case of short-circuit of one of the loads connected downstream of the UPS, two cases must be distinguished:
• The bypass (back-up supply) upstream of the UPS is available.
For an output short-circuit, the UPS will transfer the load onto the bypass after a delay dependent on the individual model. The thermal-magnetic breakers of the bypass (MCB2) and output which protect the short-circuited load line (MCB3) are positioned in series (short-circuit marked in the diagram by means of the dashed line). For proper co-ordination, the output switch (MCB3) must open before the main input switch (MCB2). Then, the I2t let-through of MCB3 must be lower than the let-through of MCB2 (at the prospective short-circuit current value): I2tMCB3<I2tMCB2.
Furthermore, it is necessary to verify the selectivity between the bypass input thermal-magnetic switch and the maximum power tolerated by the bypass SCRs (in the example 245000 A2s) at the prospective short-circuit (line) current (in the example 3000 A), e.g. I2tSCR>I2tMCB2.
In this case, the line impedance for estimating the short-circuit is that which takes into account the routing of power via the bypass. In the case of a back-up supply provided by a generator set, it is the short-circuit current of the generator set that must be used to correctly co-ordinate the protection devices.
TBK
0000
12
TBK
0000
13
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 27 20/04/2010 12.32.55
28 Overview
3. STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS
• The bypass (back-up supply) upstream of the UPS is unavailable.
Since the load cannot be transferred to the bypass (which is unavailable), the short-circuit energy is supplied entirely by the inverter and batteries. The downstream protection devices must be triggered before the electronic activation of the UPS protection in order to prevent healthy loads being switched off.
The example (in the figure the short-circuit is represented by the dotted line), considers the three-phase short-circuit current from a 277 A battery for a maximum time of 100ms .
The output short-circuit energy supplied by the UPS is: I2tUPS = (277 A)2 x 0.1 s = 7672 A2sAt the short-circuit current value, in this case is not prospective but actual and coinciding with the short-circuit current value of the UPS, for correct selectivity it must be verified that I2tMCB3<I2tUPS.
This second case (short-circuit without upstream supply) is nevertheless highly unlikely. In fact the absence of the upstream supply presupposes that a fault has occurred, and it is unlikely that a second fault (output short-circuit) would occur during the period of the power outage, which is usually short. In general, this period coincides with the time that the battery is supplying power (if the rectifier and the bypass do not have separate power supplies) or with the MTTR of the fault by an operator (if the UPS rectifier and the bypass have two different power supplies, as in this example).
In the case of short-circuit without bypass supply, the current will be distorted to a square waveform.
Selecting and sizing differential breakers3.8.3.
There is no hard and fast rule since the behaviour of the mains supply to faults essentially depends on the neutral system used, the UPS filters (which divert certain harmonic components to earth) and the point of the fault.
NOTE: The presence of isolation transformers can change the neutral system upstream or downstream of the UPS.
Generally speaking it is advisable to use:
• a single differential in the case of parallel UPS
• type A differentials for single-phase in, single-phase out UPS
• type B differentials for three-phase in, single-phase out UPS and three-phase in, three-phase out UPS
Overvoltage protection devices3.8.4.
In conformity with IEC requirements, UPS systems are equipped with overvoltage protection. Unless otherwise required, the most common protection devices are Class 2. Usually, when the units are installed on the customer's premises, it is not necessary to increase the overvoltage protection class of the device. Nevertheless, if the units are installed in a transformer cabinet, the overvoltage protection class of the connection must be analysed and, if necessary, increased by installing additional protection devices.
Maintenance3.9.
In order to maximise uptime, it is advisable to perform periodic maintenance on components subject to wear:
• Capacitors;
• Fans;
• Batteries:
It is important that the maintenance is performed by expert personnel authorised by the UPS manufacturer.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 28 20/04/2010 12.32.55
29Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
3. STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS
Directives and Standards3.10.
Directives3.10.1.
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004/108/EC.
Safety Standards3.10.2.
• EN 62040-1-1 "Uninterruptible power systems (UPS) Part 1-1: General and safety requirements for UPS used in operator access areas"
• EN 62040-1-2 "Uninterruptible power systems (UPS) Part 1-2: General and safety requirements for UPS used in restricted access locations".
Electromagnetic Compatibility Standards3.10.3.
EN 62040-2 "Uninterruptible power systems (UPS) Part 2: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) requirements"
Performance3.10.4.
EN 62040-3 "Uninterruptible power systems (UPS) Methods of specifying the performance and test requirements".
Other standards3.10.5.
• IEC 60364-X-X "Electrical installations in buildings";
• IEC 60439-1 "Low-voltage switches";
• IEC 60529 "Degrees of protection provided by enclosures"
• EN 50272-2 "Safety requirements for secondary batteries and battery installations - Part 2: Stationary batteries".
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 29 20/04/2010 12.32.55
30 Overview
Definition4.1.
Static Transfer Systems (STS) are intelligent units which, in the event that the primary power source does not return the tolerance values permitted by the load, transfer the load to an alternative sourcealternate source). This ensures "high availability" of the power supply for sensitive or critical installations.
The purpose of STS devices is to:
• ensure the redundancy of the power supply to critical installations by means of two independent power sources;
• increase power supply reliability for sensitive installations;
• facilitate the design and expansion of installations that guarantee a high-availability power supply.
STS systems incorporate reliable and proven solid-state switching technologies (SCR), enabling them to perform fast, totally safe automatic or manual switching without interrupting power to the supplied systems.
The use of high-quality components, fault-tolerant architecture, the ability to determine the location of the fault, management of faults and loads with high inrush currents: these are just some of the characteristics that make STS systems the ideal solution for achieving maximum power availability.
Performance (IEC 62310-3 definition)4.2.
Standard IEC 62310-3 establishes a code that clearly defines the performance of a STS:
XX YY B TS
where:
• XX characterises the management of the fault current:
- which can be CB (STS is capable of withstanding specific short-circuit currents, which incorporates overvoltage protection devices)
- PC (STS capable of withstanding specific short-circuit currents, which does not incorporate overvoltage protection devices).
• YY refers to the neutral management characteristics:
- 00: no neutral management;
- NC: both input neutrals are combined;
- NS: separation of the two input neutrals by switching;
- NI: neutral separation by isolation transformer (typically external to the machine).
• B are the transfer characteristics:
- B: break-before-make (open transition transfer), there is no conduction path between the two sources during switching;
- M: make-before-break (closed transition transfer), conduction possible between the two sources during switching.
• TS characteristics of the voltage limits permitted by the critical load:
- T: total transient time to the terminals of the load, including switching time;
- S: voltage tolerance before the transfer process is activated.
STS usage examples4.3.
Comparison between availability estimates between two architectures respectively with and without STS.
It is advisable to install the STS device as close as possible to the load, so as to ensure redundancy of the upstream distribution and to keep the single fault point (the conductor between STS and load) as short as possible.
STATIC TRANSFER SYSTEMS (STS)4.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 30 20/04/2010 12.32.56
31Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
4. STATIC TRANSFER SYSTEMS (STS)
4.3-1 N+1 without STS
4.3-2 2N with STS
Estimated availability: 0.99749 (22 hours of downtime).
Estimated availability: 0.99991 (0.8 hours of downtime).The double cable upstream of the STS serves to cover the same physical distance as the previous case (UPS and STS installed near to the load).
Functional modules4.4.
The aim of the STS is to increase the overall system availability. To achieve this it must be fault-tolerant: in caso di guasto interno, il carico deve essere alimentato comunque.
SCR modules4.4.1.
Silicon-controlled rectifiers are solid-state switches which control the flow of current to the load. The SCR is only able to interrupt the current as it passes through zero. In a sinusoidal steady-state, this implies switching times of between 0ms and a semi-period.
Power supply module (1)4.4.2.
Module which draws power from the primary or alternative source, or from both sources, to supply all of the control electronics. It could be redundant allowing an higher fault tollerance.
Control4.4.3.
• Control logic: the brain of the STS is a microcontroller where all of the decision-making logic is located.
• SCR control modules: components which translate the control signal received by the logic into commands to the SCR.
It could be redundant allowing an higher fault tollerance.
TBK
0000
16TB
K00
0015
TBK
0000
14
2
1 1
2μC1
4.4-1
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
UPS
UPS
UPS
UPS
STSSTS LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
BA
R
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 31 20/04/2010 12.32.56
32 Overview
4. STATIC TRANSFER SYSTEMS (STS)
Maintenance bypass4.4.4.
Normally built into the STS, the aim of the bypass is to enable routine and non-routine maintenance to be carried out. When the bypass is in operation, switching is not possible in case the conducting source exceeds the tolerance limits permitted by the load.
The STS device must be designed and operate so the two sources cannot be directly connected, not even in the event of human error.
Backfeed protection4.5.
Product standard IEC 62310 establishes a minimum requirement that the STS must control upstream breakers that trip to prevent power flowing from one source to the other.
Selecting a STS4.6.
The STS must be sized on the basis of the system diagram, the currents of the loads supplied by the STS, the distribution network and the power dips admitted by the load. With regard to the power failure tolerance of loads, the Information Technology Industry Council has published a guideline curve which helps users to determine the power supply conditions which can be tolerated by IT loads.
Firstly, it is necessary to identify the rating characteristics of the electrical system and the neutral:
• Voltage and frequency;
• Single or three-phase;
• With or without distributed neutral;
• Neutral condition (TN-C, TN-S, IT, TT);
• Sources (line/line, UPS/generator, UPS/UPS, etc).
Next it is necessary to determine whether the neutral must be switched (broken). In this respect, Socomec UPS offers the following advice:
• TN-C: no switching (regulatory requirement);
• TN-S: switching (requirement if sources provided with differ-ential protection);
• IT: switching.
• TT: switching.
It is then necessary to determine the total current that must pass through the STS device as the sum of the nominal currents of the various downstream loads.
It is also important to verify the installation of loads such as transformers or electric motors downstream of the STS, in order to prevent nuisance trips due to high inrush currents when switching between sources, or residual downstream voltage which impairs power failure detection. If such loads are installed, this must be taken into account during selection and configuration of the STS.
Prohibiten Region
ITI (CBEMA) Curve(Revised 2000)
Duration in Cycles (c) and Seconds (s)
Per
cent
of N
omin
al V
olta
ge (R
MS
or
Pea
k E
quiv
alen
t)
No Damage Region
No Interruption In Function Region
Voltage Tolerance Envelope
Applicable to Single-Phase
120-Volt Equipment
1us0,001 c 0,01 c
1 ms 3 ms 20 ms
1 c 10 c 100 c
110
90
500
400
300
200
140
120
100
8070
40
0
0,5 s 10 sStadlyState
4.6-1
TBK
0000
17
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 32 20/04/2010 12.32.56
33Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
4. STATIC TRANSFER SYSTEMS (STS)
Protection devices4.7.
Selecting and coordinating thermal-magnetic breakers4.7.1.
In order to select the right overload or short-circuit protection devices, it is important to consider the STS system's behaviour in the event of overloads. Normally, the conducting branch of the STS withstands the overload/short-circuit for a time depending on the intensity of the currents, before the STS switches to the other branch. If the two networks have different impedances or short-circuit capacities, these must be taken into account. If the values are insufficient to trigger the breakers within the time limit permitted by the STS, the STS will interrupt the power supply upstream, resulting in all downstream loads being switched off.
Selecting and sizing differential 4.7.2. breakers
Not really true, I suggest (correct my English):
When present, the neutral between the two sources can be
combined and switched or otherwise (see paragraph Choosing
an STS). In the case of a TN-C system, the neutral acts as an
earth conductor and therefore cannot be broken.
In the case of a TN-S system, the installation depends on what
type of downstream STS has been selected. If the device does
not switch the neutral, any neutral currents could be divided between the two parallel networks by means of the earth connection in the cabinet. The installation of differential breakers is not recommended due to the high probability of them tripping.
By contrast, if the STS device switches the neutral, this will avoid any unexpected current between both sources and earthing.
Differential protection may be installed.
Each IT systems has his own IMD (Insulation Measurement Device). Therefore every neutral has to be switched to avoid any mutual disturbances between the IMDs.
TT systems are typically used in residential or civil applications. This implies the use of differential protection and therefore a STS system which switches the neutral.
Maintenance4.8.
In order to maximise uptime, it is advisable to perform periodic maintenance on the fans (since they are components subject to wear). It is important that maintenance is performed by expert personnel authorised by the STS system manufacturer.
Directives and Standards4.9.
EEC 73/23 "Low-Voltage Directive"
EEC 89/336 "Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive"
IEC 62310-1 "Static Transfer Systems: general and safety requirements"
IEC 62310-2 "Static Transfer Systems: electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) requirements"
IEC 62310-3 "Static Transfer Systems: Method for specifying performance and test requirements"
IEC 60364-4 "Electrical installations of buildings"
IEC 60950-1 "Safety of IT. equipment"
IEC 60529 "Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP)"
IEC 60439-1 "Low-voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies"
STATYS
PEN 1
PEN
PEN 2
4.7-1
TBK
0000
18
Source 1 Source 2
Load
Neutral conductor protected
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 33 20/04/2010 12.32.56
34 Overview
Definition5.1.
Direct Current (DC) power stations are uninterruptible power systems for DC loads. Their purpose is to supply the apparatus and batteries in parallel to the load so as to prevent power interruptions in the event of a mains failure.
Functional modules5.2.
The most modern power stations on the market consist of 4 modules:
• AC/DC converter;
• High-frequency DC/DC converter;
• Energy storage system;
• Control.
AC/DC converter5.2.1.
Device which converts the voltage applied to its input from alter-nating to direct current.
It uses a switching frequency in the kHz-range. It also employs input power factor correction (PFC) and reduces the harmonic content of the input current.
DC/DC converter5.2.2.
The second conversion phase is performed by a high-frequency DC/DC switching converter; this is a bridge inverter functioning in soft-switching mode with phase control.
Energy storage system5.2.3.
Energy is normally stored by means of VRLA batteries. Refer to the "Batteries" paragraph in the UPS section.
Control5.2.4.
The brain of a Power Station is its control system. The best architectures are based on digital microcontrollers which are able to perform complex calculations and algorithms. Architectures enable the machine to respond to different events and to report states and events via communication interfaces.
Modern technologies prevent faults in the control system from impairing the operation of power components which guarantee the continuity of the power supply.
Power station sizing5.3.
Choosing the power rating of a station is a process which involves taking into account various factors, both functional and regula-tory.
The main factors to be considered are:
• power rating of the load (PRL);
• supply voltage of the load;
• load coincidence factor;
• required back-up time;
• type of mains power supply (voltage, frequency, number of phases);
• maximum acceptable time to charge batteries fully.
DC POWER STATIONS5.
5.2-1
TBK
0000
19
Battery
DC/DC converter
AC/DC converter
AC input
DC output
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 34 20/04/2010 12.32.56
35Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
5. DC POWER STATIONS
In the case of a particular load which for example requires a high inrush current, this current value must be taken into account. Another parameter to bear in mind is the configuration of the output polarities of the loads, which may be:
• isolated from ground;
• positive pole to earth;
• negative pole to earth.
Temperature of the place of installation5.4.
Commercially available power stations are suitable for operating in ambient temperature of 40°C without the need for derating. Refer to the corresponding paragraph in the UPS section.
Protection devices5.5.
Selecting and co-ordinating devices to protect against overloads and short-circuits 5.5.1.
• Input: to ensure wide input voltage tolerance, protection devices installed upstream of the power station must be selected for the maximum current draw of the station. Normally the power station manufacturer provides information about compatible types and ratings.
• Downstream: normally, the batteries are protected by the manufacturer using fast-blow fuses. It is vital to ensure that there is co-ordination between the thermal-magnetic breakers of the downstream loads and the fuse in question; this is why manufactur-ers indicate the ratings of fuses used in their equipment.
Selecting and sizing differential breakers5.5.2.
• EPO: on request, an Emergency Power Off (EPO) button may be included so the batteries can be disconnected from the load by means of a remote control switch.
Low Voltage Disconnect (LVD)5.5.3.
When installed, Low Voltage Disconnect prevents deep discharge of the batteries when the equipment is running in battery mode. The optional LVD function includes a remote control switch which opens the battery circuit when the minimum voltage is detected. As soon as normal mode is restored, the remote control switch closes and the battery starts recharging.
Overvoltage protection devices5.5.4.
In conformity with IEC regulations, power stations are equipped with overvoltage protection. Unless otherwise required, the most common protection devices are Class 2. Usually, when the units are installed on the customer's premises, it is not necessary to increase the overvoltage protection class of the device. Nevertheless, if the units are installed in a transformer cabinet, the overvoltage protection class of the connection must be analysed and, if necessary, increased by installing additional protection devices.
Earth Leakage Control (ELC)5.5.5.
The earth leakage control device continuously monitors the isolation of the output line from the earth conductor. This option is suitable for isolated polarity configurations in which both output power cables are isolated from the earth conductor. ELC may be deemed mandatory depending on the installation standards applicable to the system.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 35 20/04/2010 12.32.56
36 Overview
5. DC POWER STATIONS
Maintenance5.6.
In order to maximise uptime, it is advisable to perform periodic maintenance on the fans and batteries.
It is important that maintenance is performed by expert personnel authorised by the power station manufacturer.
Directives and Standards5.7.
Directives5.7.1.
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004/108/EC
Safety Standards5.7.2.
• EN 61204-7 "Low-voltage power supply devices, d.c. output - Part 7: Safety requirements";
• EN 60950 "Safety of information technology equipment"
Electromagnetic Compatibility Standards5.7.3.
• EN 61204-3 "Low-voltage power supply devices, d.c. output - Part 3: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)"
• EN 61000-3-3 "Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 3-3: Limits - Limitation of voltage changes, voltage fluctuations and flicker in public low-voltage supply systems, for equipment with rated current <= 16 A per phase and not subject to conditional connection"
• EN 61000-6-2 "Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments"
• EN 61000-6-4 "Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission standard for industrial environ-ments"
PERFORMANCE5.7.4.
EN 61204 "Low-voltage power supply devices, d.c. output - Performance characteristics and safety requirements"
Other standards5.7.5.
• IEC 60364-X-X "Electrical installations in buildings";
• IEC 60439-1 "Low-voltage switches";
• IEC 60529 "Degrees of protection provided by enclosures";
• EN 50272-2 "Safety requirements for secondary batteries and battery installations - Part 2: Stationary batteries"
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 36 20/04/2010 12.32.56
37Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
Protocols6.1.
Monitoring6.1.1.
• SMTP: communication protocol for email transmission, supported by all email clients;
• SNMP: protocol used to monitor networked devices; requires compatible software;
• HID: Human Interface Device, a Microsoft protocol included in Windows operating systems;
• MODBUS: the most commonly available communications protocol for connecting industrial electronic devices;
• JBUS: reduced version of MODBUS
• PROFIBUS: protocol for industrial and process automation, used by Siemens;
• DEVICENET: protocol for industrial and process automation, used by Rockwell Automation.
Control6.1.2.
• TCP/IP: a suite of internet control protocols used to transmit information over the internet;
• http: information format used by web browsers
Physical supports6.2.
Physical infrastructures which convey information using communication protocols.
• USB: serial communication standard which enables various peripherals to be connected to a computer;
• Ethernet: interface for local area networks (LAN);
• RS 232: low-speed serial interface for data exchange between digital devices, suitable for distances of up to 10m;
• RS 485: low-speed serial interface for data exchange between digital devices, suitable for distances of up to 100m;
• Dry contacts. interface with contacts which have no electrical potential and which can be NO (normally open) or NC (normally closed).
Remote services6.3.
UPS and STS systems must be able to remotely communicate their operating statuses, electrical / environmental parameters and fault alarms. Furthermore, certain commands should be possible for remote control of the equipment (e.g. the possibility of remote switch-off).
Some remote monitoring services operate 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, enabling equipment to be installed in places where human supervision is limited (to working hours) or absent. The rapid notification of abnormal events allows for prompt intervention by the technical support service, resulting in reduced risk and MTTR.
COMMUNICATION6.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 37 20/04/2010 12.32.56
38 Overview
Definition7.1.
Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) includes all of the direct and indirect costs over the lifetime of the equipment. It defines:
• CAPEX: cost of the equipment, its installation, system modifications if required and operator training;
• OPEX: costs of running the equipment, e.g. power consumption, cost of installation space (for example, the share of building rent proportional to the area occupied by the equipment), as well as routine and non-routine maintenance.
Impact of UPS or STS systems on the TCO7.2.
THDi and cos7.2.1. φ input
Valid only for UPS.
High harmonic content of the input current and low cos � imply the use of harmonic filters, overrating of cables and protection devices as well as the risk of nuisance trips. In economic terms, this means higher project, system and installation costs and higher costs due to system downtime. Optimum situation: low harmonic content and high cos φ.
Footprint7.2.2.
The floor space occupied by the equipment. Can be net or gross, plan dimensions of the equipment and plan dimensions plus space required for operation and maintenance respectively.
UPS and STS systems do not generate value, but their purpose is to protect equipment which does generate value (servers, industrial processes). Therefore the space occupied is not available to the actual production process itself. In the case of data centres, it is the space where it is not possible to install the servers. Optimum situation: minimal footprint.
Performance7.2.3.
Efficiency refers to the proportion of input energy available to the load. Indirectly it is the measurement of losses, e.g. energy paid for but not used. Given that fossil fuels can be used to produce electrical energy (releasing gases that cause the greenhouse effect in the atmosphere), energy losses also entail unnecessary gas emissions and their corresponding impact on the environment.
Optimum situation: high efficiency.
Front access and ventilation7.2.4.
An equipment unit with front access notably simplifies routine and non-routine maintenance operations, leading to a considerable reduction in repair times (MTTR) compared to equipment which must be moved in order to gain access to the sides or rear.
Furthermore, equipment with front access only, incorporating a front air inlet and top air outlet, allows for wall-mounted installation and therefore a reduced gross footprint.
Ease of use7.2.5.
In its popular publication Tier Classifications define site infrastructure performance, the Uptime Institute states that 70% of downtime is caused by human error (mistakes in checking and routine maintenance).
Equipment which is easy to use reduces these risks, lowers downtime costs and requires shorter, less intensive training for opera-tors.
Communication systems7.2.6.
Remote monitoring and control enable time and human resources to be streamlined while reducing maintenance and repair times in the event of abnormal situations. For this reason, the equipment must be capable of being integrated into Building Management Systems (BMS).
TCO: Total Cost of Ownership7.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 38 20/04/2010 12.32.56
39Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
RoHS and WEEE directives8.1.
The official stance of CEMEP (Comité Européen de Constructeurs de Machines Electriques et d'Electronique de Puissance - European Committee of Manufacturers of Electrical Machines and Power Electronics) is that the RoHS and WEEE directives do not apply to UPS.
(http://www.cemep.org/index.php?id=13).
Performance8.2.
The only reference for efficiency performance is given by the European Code of Conduct (http://re.jrc.ec.europa.eu/energyefficiency/html/AC%20UPS-ParticipantsCoC.htm). Manufacturers can adhere to it on a voluntary basis by committing to the minimum efficiency requirements of the code.
Environmental compatibility8.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 39 20/04/2010 12.32.57
40 Overview
DIRECT ENERGY IMPACT9.
The energy efficiency of an equipment unit is defined as:
Pout
Pin
where:
• Pin is the input power
• Pout is the output power, which in the case of the UPS coincides with the Pn (nominal power).
Using simple calculations we can determine heat loss (Perd) as follows:
Perd = Pn1
Approximately 0.61kg of carbon dioxide is generated per kWh of energy lost (http://www.eia.doe.gov/cneaf/electricity/page/co2_report/co2report.html#electric), with the resulting environmental consequences and an average energy cost in Europe of 0.12€.
Perd 93%
= 150 kW • 24 • 365 = 98,9 MWh 60 tCO2
+ 11800 €1 – 0,930,93
Perd 96%
= 150 kW • 24 • 365 = 54,7 MWh 33 tCO2
+ 6600 €1 – 0,930,93
On a load-for-load basis, the UPS with 96% efficiency achieves an annual saving of 5200€ and 27t of carbon dioxide for air conditioning alone, the same output as a car manufactured in 2005 with 170,000km on the clock. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/European_emission_standards).
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 40 20/04/2010 12.32.57
41Overview
OVE
RVIE
W
IMPACT ON AIR CONDITIONING10.
Electrical losses are dispersed, in the form of heat, into the environment. In applications where the temperature must be controlled and the heat capacity of the environment is insufficient, measures must be taken to cool the environment. There are different ways of doing this: from simple ventilation, e.g. the movement of air masses of the desired temperature which are already available in the vicinity of the installation, to air conditioning, e.g. the cooling and circulation of air masses.
There are also technologies based on the use of water as a heat transfer fluid, but this is less common.
Air conditioning is the most frequently used technology. The parameter which measures the electrical energy needed to release energy in the form of heat is Coefficient of Performance (COP). (Coefficient of Performance). When talking about electricity, we normally refer to power instead of energy, consequently the definition of COP. becomes:
C.O.P. = Pt
Pe
where:
• Pt: the thermal power to be released;
• Pe is the electric power needed to do it.
With close approximation, 3 can be considered as a typical COP value.
This means that for every 3kW of thermal power dissipated, 1 electrical kW is needed.
This means that the efficiency rating of plant equipment is only partly able to quantify heat dissipation, since it does not take into account the energy needed to achieve it.
By way of indication, below are the annual air conditioning costs in relation to the example given in the previous paragraph (two differ-ent UPS with respective efficiency ratings of 93% and 96%, considering an average annual energy cost in Europe of 0.12 €/kWh).
HVAC 93%
= = 33 MWh 20 tCO2
+ 4000 €98,9 MWh3
HVAC 96%
= = 11 MWh 11 tCO2
+ 2200 €54,7 MWh3
On a load-for-load basis, the UPS with 96% efficiency achieves an annual saving, for air conditioning alone, of 1800 € and 9 t of carbon dioxide, the same output as a car manufactured in 2005 with 56,000km on the clock. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/European_emission_standards). Taking into account direct heat loss. the savings increase to 7200€ and 36t of CO2.
Standard 200kVA UPS emissions 72.100 CO2 kg
Green Power 200kVA UPS emissions 40.400 CO2 kg
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 41 20/04/2010 12.32.57
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 42 20/04/2010 12.32.57
MASTERYS BCF r o m 8 t o 4 0 k V A
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 43 20/04/2010 12.32.57
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 44 20/04/2010 12.32.57
45Masterys BC 8-40
MA
ST
ER
YS
B
C 8
-40
kVA
INDEX
1. ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471.1. Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
2. FLEXIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482.1. Power ratings from 8 to 40kVA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482.2. Flexible back-up time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492.3. Horizontal and vertical parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502.4. Availability, redundancy and efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3. ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513.1. Communication interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513.2. Hardware equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
5. SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535.1. Masterys BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
5.1.1. Installation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535.1.2. Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535.1.3. Recommended protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
6. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566.1. OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566.2. STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
6.2.1. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566.2.2. SAFETY STANDARDS ITYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566.2.3. TYPE AND PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
6.3. SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 45 20/04/2010 12.32.57
46 Masterys BC 8-40
PURPOSE
The aim of these specifications is to provide:
The information required to choose the right uninterruptible power supply for a specific application.•
The information required to prepare the system and installation site•
The specifications are intended for:
Installation engineers•
Design engineers •
Engineering consultants•
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 46 20/04/2010 12.32.57
47Masterys BC 8-40
MA
ST
ER
YS
B
C 8
-40
kVA
Range1.1.
MASTERYS™ BC is a full range of high performing UPS designed to protect critical and sensitive appliances in applications in the IT, telecom and industrial fields, such as enterprise servers, storage systems, networking equipment, telecommunications systems, diagnostic/medical devices and industrial processes.
The BC models offer powers of 8 to 40kVA to cover all possible electrical configurations: single/single phase, three/single phase and three/three phase.
Models
8 10 12 15 20 30 40
BC Business Critical 1/1 & 3/1 • •
BC Business Critical 3/1 • • •
BC Business Critical 3/3 • • • • • •
Matrix table for model and kVA power rating
Each range has been specifically designed to meet the demands of loads in specific application contexts, in order to optimise the features of the product and to facilitate its integration within the system.
ARCHITECTURE1.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 47 20/04/2010 12.32.57
48 Masterys BC 8-40
Power ratings from 8 to 40kVA 2.1.
The entire range (11 basic products) are compatible with 3 cabinets, all with the same footprint.
The UPS’s power and autonomy thus translates into the height of the cabinet itself:
800mm;•
1000mm; •
1400mm •
Thanks to its compact electronics, internal back-ups are available up to 30 minutes for 30kVA and 10 minutes for
40kVA.
FLEXIBILITY2.
444
795
1.40
0
DimensionsCabinet type Width (W) Depth (D) Height (H)
S 444mm 795mm 800mm
M 444mm 795mm 1000mm
T 444mm 795mm 1400mm
The equipment has been designed with a minimum direct and indirect footprint (the actual space occupied by the unit and the space required around it for maintenance, ventilation and access to the operating mechanisms and communication devices).
The careful design also provides easy access for maintenance and installation.
All of the control mechanisms and communication interfaces are located in the upper front part and can be accessed from the first panel with the red surround (except for the IP version which has a single metal door).
The air inlet is on the front, with outflow to the rear only; this means other equipment or external battery enclosures can be placed alongside the UPS unit.
444
795
800
444
7951.00
0
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 48 20/04/2010 12.32.58
49Masterys BC 8-40
MA
ST
ER
YS
B
C 8
-40
kVA
FLEXIBILITY
Flexible back-up time 2.2.
Different extended back-up times are possible by using the standard UPS cabinet or the larger sized cabinet, both of which occupy minimum floor space.
For powers greater than or equal to 40kVA, or long back-up power periods, an additional cabinet should be used, optionally with a supplementary battery charger.
BACK-UP times in minutes (75% of load)
Cabinet type
BC 8 16/25 45/60 95
BC 10 12/20 30/45 65
BC 12 12/16 25/35 55
BC 15 11 16/25 45/65
BC 20 10/18 30/45
BC 30 10 18/28 up to 90*
BC 40 10 up to 60*
* Supplementary battery cabinet 1000 x 800 x 1800mm (LxPxH)
Selection of the back-up time is flexible thanks to the wide range of DC bus voltages.
The batteries are organised internally into racks based on their relative sizes, so as to ensure a compact unit while still guaranteeing substantial back-up times.
The UPS system’s internal batteries consist of 2 distinct strings of battery packs connected in series; each individual pack is connec-ted using polarised connectors to facilitate battery configuration and maintenance.
Each pack is sealed in an acid-proof container which is designed to prevent damage in the case of acid leakage.
To guarantee maximum back-up time availability and battery life, the Masterys series is equipped with Dual Battery and EBS systems, depending on the model.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 49 20/04/2010 12.32.58
50 Masterys BC 8-4050
FLEXIBILITY
Horizontal and vertical parallel2.3.
MASTERYS™ offers 2 “configurations” of UPS in the same range:
Stand-alone UPS Series-parallel UPS
Availability, redundancy and efficiency2.4.
To increase the availability of the power supply, redundant parallel configurations are becoming increasingly common. Consequently, the overall efficiency of the UPS system risks being reduced due to the low load on each individual machine.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 50 20/04/2010 12.32.58
51Masterys BC 8-40
MA
ST
ER
YS
B
C 8
-40
kVA
Communication interfaces3.1.
The MASTERYS™ BC can manage various serial, contact and Ethernet communication channels at the same time:
The various cards and signaling accessories can be housed in the 2 communication slots mounted as standard on all models. This provides MASTERYS™ a highly flexible interface for the purposes of integration at a later stage after installation, also in terms of hot switching and with no need for specialist personnel.
Models
16x2
LC
D d
ispl
ay
Gra
phic
dis
play
Sys
tem
con
cent
rato
r
Ser
ial 2
32/4
85
Se
co
nd
Se
ria
l 2
32
/m
odem
LAN
Slot 1 / Slot 2
Uni
Vis
ion
Pro
& J
NC
T.S
ervi
ce
EMD
(c
ombi
ned
with
Net
Visi
on)
Rem
ote
mim
ic p
anel
AD
C
GS
S
Net
Vis
ion
car
d &
JN
C
BC 8-10-12 ● - - ● - - ○ - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
BC 15-20-30-40 ● - - ● - - ○ - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
Hardware equipment3.2.
Models
Sep
arat
e m
ains
Inte
rnal
man
ual
bypa
ss
Exte
rnal
man
ual
bypa
ss
Inpu
t/ou
tput
Tr
ansf
orm
er
Insu
latio
n m
onito
-rin
g de
vice
Pow
er S
hare
Bat
tery
cha
rger
Add
ition
al b
atte
ry
char
ger
Par
alle
l kit
Inte
rnal
Bat
terie
s
Exte
rnal
bat
tery
ca
bine
t
IP21
AC
S
BC 8 / 10 / 12 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● - ○ ○ - ○ -
BC 15 / 20 / 30 / 40 ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● - ○ ○ ○ ○ -
• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
1: IP 31 on demand.2: 45 and 90kVA not compatible with internal batteries.
ACCESSORIES3.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 51 20/04/2010 12.32.58
52 Masterys BC 8-40
Connection to the mains power supply and to the load(s) must be made using cables of suitable size, in accordance with current standards. If not already present, an electrical control station which can isolate the network upstream of the UPS must be installed. This electrical control station must be equipped with a circuit breaker (or two, if there is a separate bypass line) of an appropriate rating for the power draw at full load, and a residual current circuit breaker.
Current flowing to earth varies depending on the size of the UPS, hence installation engineers must install a residential current circuit breaker of an appropriate rating upstream of the UPS using a selective model (not sensitive to transitory currents).
Potential dispersion of current from utilities downstream of the UPS should be added to that discharged from the UPS, and it should also be noted that current peaks are also reached, albeit very briefly, during transitory phases. It is recommended to isolate the residual current circuit breaker by adding 30mA protection downstream of the UPS on power lines to utilities.
We also recommend checking first for any earth leakage current with an uninterruptible power supply installed and running at the final load to prevent any untimely tripping of the breakers.
If an external manual bypass is required, only the model supplied by the manufacturer must be installed.
See the relevant table for the data on the cable size and safety devices required.
We recommend fitting two metres of unanchored flexible cable between the UPS output terminals and the cable anchor (wall or cabinet). This makes it possible to move and service the UPS.
For detailed information, see the installation and operating manual.
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION4.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 52 20/04/2010 12.32.58
53Masterys BC 8-40
MA
ST
ER
YS
B
C 8
-40
kVA
Masterys BC5.1.
Installation parameters5.1.1.
MASTERYS BCModel BC08 BC10 BC08 BC10 BC12 BC15 BC20 BC10 BC12 BC15 BC20 BC30 BC40Phase in/out 1/1 1/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3
Rated power (kVA) 8 10 8 10 12 15 20 10 12 15 20 30 40
Active power (kW) 5,6 7 5,6 7 8,4 12 16 7 8,4 12 16 24 32Rated/maximum rectifier input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
29/47(1) 34/60(1) 10/16(1) 12/20(1) 15/24(1) 19/35(1) 25/46(1) 12/20 15/24 19/35* 25/46* 38/71 51/95
Rated/maximum bypass input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
35/ 62(1)
44/ 77(1)
35/ 62(1)
44/ 77(1)
53/ 92(1)
65/ 114(1)
87/ 152(1)
15/ 26(2)
18/ 31(2)
22/ 38(2)
29/ 51(2)
43/ 76(2)
58/ 101(2)
Inverter output current @230 V (A)
35 44 35 44 53 65 87 14 17 22 29 43 58
Maximum air flow (m3/h) 400 546 400 546 1092
Sound level (dB) 52 55 52 55 62Dissipation at rated load (mini-mum mains power present and batte-ries charging)
W 622 778 622 778 933 1187 1738 778 933 1187 1738 2549 3165
kcal/h 535 670 535 670 800 1021 1495 670 800 1021 1495 2192 2722
BTU/h 2120 2650 2120 2650 3180 4051 5931 2650 3180 4051 5931 8700 10800
Dimensions (with standard back-up time)
W (mm)
444 444 444 444 444 444 444 444 444 444 444 444 444
D (mm) 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795
H (mm) 800 800 800 800 800 800 1000 800 800 800 1000 1000 1400
Weight (kg) 155 160 155 160 175 195 240 160 175 195 240 315 415
(1) Input current in bypass mode is single-phase. Consequently, the rated current of the neutral and of the phase common to the bypass is three times higher than the current drawn during normal operation by the rectifier
(2) In the case of single-phase distorting loads downstream of the UPS, when the bypass is in operation the neutral current can be 1.5-2 times higher than the phase current; this is due to the harmonic current distortion produced by the load itself, which is no longer corrected by the UPS rectifier as occurs in normal operation.
Electrical characteristics5.1.2.
Electrical characteristics - Input
BC 8 / 10 / 12kVA BC 15-40kVA
Rated mains supply voltage 3x400 V+N (three phase models) 230 V (single phase models)
Voltage tolerance (ensuring battery recharge)
±20% Up to -35% at 70% of rated power
Rated Frequency 50/60 Hz selectable
Frequency tolerance ±10%
Power factor (input at full load and rated voltage)
≥ 0.99 single phase ≥ 0.95 three phase ≥ 0.99
Total harmonic distortion (THDi) < 6% Monofase < 25% Trifase
< 10% Monofase 3% Trifase
Max inrush current at start-up < In (nessuna sovracorrente)
SPECIFICATIONS5.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 53 20/04/2010 12.32.58
54 Masterys BC 8-4054
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics - Bypass
BC 8 / 10 / 12kVA BC 15-40kVA
Bypass frequency variation speed 1Hz/s - 3Hz/s
Bypass rated voltage Nominal output voltage ± 15
Bypass rated frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz selectable
Bypass frequency tolerance±2%
from ±1% to ±8% (operation with generator unit)
Electrical characteristics -Inverter
BC 8 / 10 / 12kVA BC 15-40kVA
Rated output voltage (selectable)208(1) / 220 / 230 / 240V (1/1 and 3/1 models)
3x 380 / 400 / 415V +N (3/3 models)
Output voltage toleranceStatic: ±1%
Dynamic: VF-SS-111 (EN62040-3) compliant
Rated output frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz selectable
Output frequency tolerance ±0.01% on mains power failure
Load crest factor 3:1
Voltage harmonic distortion1% on linear load
< 7% on distorting load (EN 62040-3)
Overload tolerated by the inverter (with mains power present)
125% x 2min 150% x 10sec
125% x 10min 150% x 1min
Electrical characteristics -Efficiency
BC 8 / 10 / 12kVA BC 15-40kVA
Double conversion efficiency (normal mode) 92% with nominal load
Efficiency in Eco-Mode 98%
Electrical characteristics -Environment
BC 8 / 10 / 12kVA BC 15-40kVA
Storage temperatures -5 +50°C (23-122°F) (15-25°C for better battery life)
Working temperature 0 +40°C (32-104°F) (15-25°C for better battery life)
Maximum relative humidity (non-condensing) 95%
Maximum altitude without derating 1,000m (3,300ft)
Degree of protection IP 20 (IP 21 optional)
Portability EN 60068-2
Colour RAL 7012, plastic front panels: metallic grey
(1) @ 208V Pout= 90% Pnom
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 54 20/04/2010 12.32.58
55Masterys BC 8-40
MA
ST
ER
YS
B
C 8
-40
kVA
SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended protection devices5.1.3.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Rectifier (2)
Model BC08 BC10 BC08 BC10 BC12 BC15 BC20 BC10 BC12 BC15 BC20 BC30 BC40Phase in/out 1/1 1/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3D curve circuit breaker(1) (A) 40 50 16 20 20 32 40 20 20 32 40 63 80
GG fuse (A) 63 63 63 63 63 25 25 63 80
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - General bypass(2)
Model BC08 BC10 BC08 BC10 BC12 BC15 BC20 BC10 BC12 BC15 BC20 BC30 BC40Phase in/out 1/1 1/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum I2t supported by the bypass (A2s)
15000 80000 8000 8000 15000
Icc max (A) 1500 4000 1500 1200 1700
D curve circuit breaker(1) (A) 50 63 50 63 63 100 125 20 25 32 40 63 80
GG fuse(1) (A) 50 63 50 63 63 100 125 20 25 32 40 63 80
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Input residual current circuit breaker(3)
Model BC08 BC10 BC08 BC10 BC12 BC15 BC20 BC10 BC12 BC15 BC20 BC30 BC40Phase in/out 1/1 1/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Input residual current circuit breaker
100mA Selective
> 0.5 A Selective
100mA Selective
> 0.5 A Selective
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Output
Model BC08 BC10 BC08 BC10 BC12 BC15 BC20 BC10 BC12 BC15 BC20 BC30 BC40Phase in/out 1/1 1/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum inverter I2t at 100ms (short-circuit in battery mode) (A2s)
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
C curve circuit breaker(4) (A) < 6 < 6 < 6 < 6 < 6 < 12 < 16 < 4 < 4 < 4 < 5 < 8 < 10
High-speed fuse(4) (A) < 6 < 6 < 6 < 6 < 6 < 18 < 24 < 4 < 4 < 6 < 10 < 12 < 16
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Terminals and cable section
Model BC08 BC10 BC08 BC10 BC12 BC15 BC20 BC10 BC12 BC15 BC20 BC30 BC40Phase in/out 1/1 1/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Rectifier terminals (maximum cable section)
4xCBD16 (25mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2)
4xCBD16 (25mm2)
4xCBD35 (50mm2)
Bypass terminals (maximum cable section)
2xCBD16 (25mm2) optional
2xCBD25 (35mm2) optio-
nal
4xCBD16 (25mm2) optional
4xCBD35 (50mm2)
Battery terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
- - - -
Output terminals (maximum cable section)
2xCBD16 (25mm2)
4xCBD25 (35mm2)
4xCBD16 (25mm2)
4xCBD35 (50mm2)
(1) For parallel topologies, cables must be selected 1.5 times larger than the recommended size.
(2) Rectifier protection alone should only be considered in the event of separate inputs; if the bypass and rectifier inputs are combined, the general input protection rating (bypass + rectifier) must reflect the recommended bypass or general protection rating.
(3) Must be selective with residual current circuit breakers downstream of the UPS connected to the UPS output. If the bypass network is separate from the rectifier circuit, or in the event of parallel UPS, use a single residual current circuit breaker upstream of the UPS.
(4) Selectivity of distribution after the UPS with inverter short-circuit current (short-circuit in battery mode). The rating of the protection can be increased by "n" times for series-parallel machines, with "n" equal to the number of parallel machines.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 55 20/04/2010 12.32.58
56 Masterys BC 8-40
OVERVIEW6.1.
The construction of the equipment and choice of materials and components comply with all laws, decrees, directives and standards currently in force.
In particular, the equipment is fully compliant with all European Directives concerning CE marking.
2006/95/EC
Council Directive 2006/95/EC, dated 16 February 2007, on the reconciliation of legislation within Member States regarding electrical material for use within specific voltage ranges.
2004/108/EC
On the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility
STANDARDS6.2.
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY6.2.1.
“Electromagnetic Compatibility Provisions (EMC)”
EN 62040-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (Class A)
SAFETY STANDARDS ITYS6.2.2.
“General and safety requirements for UPS used in operator access areas”
EN 60950-1 General and safety requirements for equipment used in operator access areas
EN 62040-1-1 General and safety requirements for UPS used in restricted access locations (certified by TÜV SÜD)
EN 50272-2 Safety requirements for secondary batteries and battery installations
EN 60896-1 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Vented types
EN 60896-2 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Valve-regulated types
EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
TYPE AND PERFORMANCE6.2.3.
“Performance requirements and methods of test”
EN 62040-3 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS). Methods of specifying the performance and test requirements
SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES6.3.
Once installed in a system, the UPS will not alter the neutral conditions; this is because the neutral input terminal "N" is connected directly to output terminal "N1" inside the equipment. If the neutral condition of the system downstream of the UPS needs to be modified, it will be necessary to install the IP version or to use the isolation transformer option.
The regulations refer to the unit (UPS) to which the manufacturer must comply with. The UPS engineer adhere's to current legislation for the specific electrical system (e.g. EN 60364).
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES6.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 56 20/04/2010 12.32.59
MASTERYS MCF r o m 6 0 t o 8 0 k V A
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 57 20/04/2010 12.32.59
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 58 20/04/2010 12.32.59
59Masterys MC 60-80
MA
ST
ER
YS
M
C 6
0-80
kVA
INDEX
1. ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611.1. Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
2. FLEXIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622.1. Power ratings from 60 to 80kVA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622.2. Flexible back-up time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632.3. Horizontal and vertical parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642.4. Availability, redundancy and efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3. ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653.1. Communication interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653.2. Hardware equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
4. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
5. SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675.1. Masterys MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.1.1. Installation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675.1.2. Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675.1.3. Recommended protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
6. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706.1. OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706.2. STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
6.2.1. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706.2.2. SAFETY STANDARDS ITYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706.2.3. TYPE AND PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
6.3. SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 59 20/04/2010 12.32.59
60 Masterys MC 60-80
PURPOSE
The aim of these specifications is to provide:
The information required to choose the right uninterruptible power supply for a specific application.•
The information required to prepare the system and installation site•
The specifications are intended for:
Installation engineers•
Design engineers •
Engineering consultants•
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 60 20/04/2010 12.32.59
61Masterys MC 60-80
MA
ST
ER
YS
M
C 6
0-80
kVA
Range1.1.
MASTERYS™ MC is a full range of high performing UPS designed to protect critical and sensitive appliances in applications in the IT, telecom and industrial fields, such as enterprise servers, storage systems, networking equipment, telecommunications systems, diagnostic/medical devices and industrial processes.
The MC models offer powers of 60 to 80kVA to cover three/three phase electrical configurations.
Models
60 80
MC Mission Critical 3/3 • •
Matrix table for model and kVA power rating
Each range has been specifically designed to meet the demands of loads in specific application contexts, in order to optimise the features of the product and to facilitate its integration within the system.
ARCHITECTURE1.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 61 20/04/2010 12.32.59
62 Masterys MC 60-80
Power ratings from 60 to 80kVA 2.1.
The entire range (2 basic products) are compatible with 1 cabinet with reduced footprint.
Thanks to its compact electronics, internal back-ups are available up to 30 minutes for 30kVA and 10 minutes for
40kVA.
FLEXIBILITY2.
444
795
1.40
0
DimensionsCabinet type Width (W) Depth (D) Height (H)
T 444mm 795mm 1400mm
The equipment has been designed with a minimum direct and indirect footprint (the actual space occupied by the unit and the space required around it for maintenance, ventilation and access to the operating mechanisms and communication devices).
The careful design also provides easy access for maintenance and installation.
All of the control mechanisms and communication interfaces are located in the upper front part and can be accessed from the first panel with the red surround (except for the IP version which has a single metal door).
The air inlet is on the front, with outflow to the rear only; this means other equipment or external battery enclosures can be placed alongside the UPS unit.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 62 20/04/2010 12.32.59
63Masterys MC 60-80
MA
ST
ER
YS
M
C 6
0-80
kVA
FLEXIBILITY
Flexible back-up time 2.2.
Different extended back-up times are possible by using the standard UPS cabinet or the larger sized cabinet, both of which occupy minimum floor space.
For long back-up power periods, an additional cabinet should be used, optionally with a supplementary battery charger.
BACK-UP times in minutes (75% of load)
Cabinet type
MC 60 up to 130*
MC 80 up to 85*
* Supplementary battery cabinet 1000 x 800 x 1800mm (LxPxH)
Selection of the back-up time is flexible thanks to the wide range of DC bus voltages.
The batteries are organised internally into racks based on their relative sizes, so as to ensure a compact unit while still guaranteeing substantial back-up times.
The UPS system’s internal batteries consist of 2 distinct strings of battery packs connected in series; each individual pack is connec-ted using polarised connectors to facilitate battery configuration and maintenance.
Each pack is sealed in an acid-proof container which is designed to prevent damage in the case of acid leakage.
To guarantee maximum back-up time availability and battery life, the Masterys series is equipped with Dual Battery and EBS systems, depending on the model.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 63 20/04/2010 12.32.59
64 Masterys MC 60-8064
FLEXIBILITY
Horizontal and vertical parallel2.3.
MASTERYS™ offers 2 “configurations” of UPS in the same range:
Stand-alone UPS Series-parallel UPS
Availability, redundancy and efficiency2.4.
To increase the availability of the power supply, redundant parallel configurations are becoming increasingly common. Consequently, the overall efficiency of the UPS system risks being reduced due to the low load on each individual machine. Socomec proposes the Energy Saver solution to maintain high performance in highly redundant configurations.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 64 20/04/2010 12.32.59
65Masterys MC 60-80
MA
ST
ER
YS
M
C 6
0-80
kVA
Communication interfaces3.1.
The MASTERYS™ MC can manage various serial, contact and Ethernet communication channels at the same time:
The various cards and signaling accessories can be housed in the 2 communication slots mounted as standard on all models. This provides MASTERYS™ a highly flexible interface for the purposes of integration at a later stage after installation, also in terms of hot switching and with no need for specialist personnel.
Models
Gra
phic
dis
play
Sys
tem
con
cent
rato
r
Ser
ial 2
32/4
85
Se
co
nd
Se
ria
l 2
32
/m
odem
LAN
Slot 1 / Slot 2
Uni
Vis
ion
Pro
& J
NC
T.S
ervi
ce
EMD
(c
ombi
ned
with
Net
Visi
on)
Rem
ote
mim
ic p
anel
AD
C
GS
S
Net
Vis
ion
car
d &
JN
C
MC 60-80 ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
Hardware equipment3.2.
Models
Sep
arat
e m
ains
Inte
rnal
man
ual
bypa
ss
Exte
rnal
man
ual
bypa
ss
Inpu
t/ou
tput
Tr
ansf
orm
er
Insu
latio
n m
onito
-rin
g de
vice
Pow
er S
hare
Bat
tery
cha
rger
Add
ition
al b
atte
ry
char
ger
Par
alle
l kit
Exte
rnal
bat
tery
ca
bine
t
IP21
AC
SMC 60-80 ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● - ○ ○ ○ ○• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
1: IP 31 on demand.2: 45 and 90kVA not compatible with internal batteries.
ACCESSORIES3.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 65 20/04/2010 12.32.59
66 Masterys MC 60-80
Connection to the mains power supply and to the load(s) must be made using cables of suitable size, in accordance with current standards. If not already present, an electrical control station which can isolate the network upstream of the UPS must be installed. This electrical control station must be equipped with a circuit breaker (or two, if there is a separate bypass line) of an appropriate rating for the power draw at full load, and a residual current circuit breaker.
Current flowing to earth varies depending on the size of the UPS, hence installation engineers must install a residential current circuit breaker of an appropriate rating upstream of the UPS using a selective model (not sensitive to transitory currents).
Potential dispersion of current from utilities downstream of the UPS should be added to that discharged from the UPS, and it should also be noted that current peaks are also reached, albeit very briefly, during transitory phases. It is recommended to isolate the residual current circuit breaker by adding 30mA protection downstream of the UPS on power lines to utilities.
We also recommend checking first for any earth leakage current with an uninterruptible power supply installed and running at the final load to prevent any untimely tripping of the breakers.
If an external manual bypass is required, only the model supplied by the manufacturer must be installed.
See the relevant table for the data on the cable size and safety devices required.
We recommend fitting two metres of unanchored flexible cable between the UPS output terminals and the cable anchor (wall or cabinet). This makes it possible to move and service the UPS.
For detailed information, see the installation and operating manual.
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION4.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 66 20/04/2010 12.32.59
67Masterys MC 60-80
MA
ST
ER
YS
M
C 6
0-80
kVA
Masterys MC5.1.
Installation parameters5.1.1.
MASTERYS MCModel MC60 MC80Phase in/out 3/3 3/3
Rated power (kVA) 60 80
Active power (kW) 48 64Rated/maximum rectifier input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
77/142 102/190
Rated/maximum bypass input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
87/152(2) 116/ 203(2)
Inverter output current @230 V (A)
87 116
Maximum air flow (m3/h) 1330
Sound level (dB) 62Dissipation at rated load (mini-mum mains power present and batte-ries charging)
W 4500 6000
kcal/h 3870 5160
BTU/h 15360 20478
Dimensions (with standard back-up time)
W (mm)
444
D (mm) 795
H (mm) 1400
Weight (kg) 200 (without batteries) 210 (without batteries)
(1) Input current in bypass mode is single-phase. Consequently, the rated current of the neutral and of the phase common to the bypass is three times higher than the current drawn during normal operation by the rectifier
(2) In the case of single-phase distorting loads downstream of the UPS, when the bypass is in operation the neutral current can be 1.5-2 times higher than the phase current; this is due to the harmonic current distortion produced by the load itself, which is no longer corrected by the UPS rectifier as occurs in normal operation.
Electrical characteristics5.1.2.
Electrical characteristics - Input
MC 60kVA MC 80kVA
Rated mains supply voltage 3x400 V+N
Voltage tolerance (ensuring battery recharge)
±20% Up to -35% at 70% of rated power
Rated Frequency 50/60 Hz selectable
Frequency tolerance ±10%
Power factor (input at full load and rated voltage)
≥ 0.99
Total harmonic distortion (THDi) 3% (up to 50a harmonic)
Max inrush current at start-up < In (no overcurrent)
SPECIFICATIONS5.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 67 20/04/2010 12.32.59
68 Masterys MC 60-8068
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics - Bypass
MC 60kVA MC 80kVA
Bypass frequency variation speed 1Hz/s - 3Hz/s
Bypass rated voltage Nominal output voltage ± 15
Bypass rated frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz selectable
Bypass frequency tolerance±2%
from ±1% to ±8% (operation with generator unit)
Electrical characteristics -Inverter
MC 60kVA MC 80kVA
Rated output voltage (selectable) 3x 380 / 400 / 415V +N
Output voltage toleranceStatic: ±1%
Dynamic: VF-SS-111 (EN62040-3) compliant
Rated output frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz selectable
Output frequency tolerance ±0.01% on mains power failure
Load crest factor 3:1
Voltage harmonic distortion1% on linear load
< 6% on distorting load (EN 62040-3)
Overload tolerated by the inverter (with mains power present)
125% x 10min 150% x 1min
Electrical characteristics -Efficiency
MC 60kVA MC 80kVA
Double conversion efficiency (normal mode) 92% with nominal load
Efficiency in Eco-Mode 97%
Electrical characteristics -Environment
MC 8 / 10 / 12kVA MC 15-40kVA
Storage temperatures -5 +50°C (23-122°F) (15-25°C for better battery life)
Working temperature 0 +40°C (32-104°F) (15-25°C for better battery life)
Maximum relative humidity (non-condensing) 95%
Maximum altitude without derating 1,000m (3,300ft)
Degree of protection IP 20 (IP 21 optional)
Portability EN 60068-2
Colour RAL 7012, plastic front panels: metallic grey
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 68 20/04/2010 12.33.00
69Masterys MC 60-80
MA
ST
ER
YS
M
C 6
0-80
kVA
SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended protection devices5.1.3.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Rectifier (2)
Model MC60 MC80Phase in/out 3/3 3/3D curve circuit breaker(1) (A) 125 160
GG fuse (A) 125 160
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - General bypass(2)
Model MC60 MC80Phase in/out 3/3 3/3Maximum I2t supported by the bypass (A2s)
80000 125000
Icc max (A) 4000 5000
D curve circuit breaker(1) (A) 125 160
GG fuse(1) (A) 125 160
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Input residual current circuit breaker(3)
Model MC30 MC40Phase in/out 3/3 3/3Input residual current circuit breaker
> 0.5A Selettivo
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Output
Model MC60 MC80Phase in/out 3/3 3/3Maximum inverter I2t at 100ms (short-circuit in battery mode) (A2s)
4330 7670
C curve circuit breaker(4) (A) < 20 < 25
High-speed fuse(4) (A) < 32 < 40
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Terminals and cable section
Model MC60 MC80Phase in/out 3/3 3/3Rectifier terminals (maximum cable section)
4xCBD35 (50 mm2)
Bypass terminals (maximum cable section)
4xCBD35 (50 mm2)
Battery terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
4xCBD70 (95 mm2)
Output terminals (maximum cable section)
4xCBD35 (50 mm2)
(1) For parallel topologies, cables must be selected 1.5 times larger than the recommended size.
(2) Rectifier protection alone should only be considered in the event of separate inputs; if the bypass and rectifier inputs are combined, the general input protection rating (bypass + rectifier) must reflect the recommended bypass or general protection rating.
(3) Must be selective with residual current circuit breakers downstream of the UPS connected to the UPS output. If the bypass network is separate from the rectifier circuit, or in the event of parallel UPS, use a single residual current circuit breaker upstream of the UPS.
(4) Selectivity of distribution after the UPS with inverter short-circuit current (short-circuit in battery mode). The rating of the protection can be increased by "n" times for series-parallel machines, with "n" equal to the number of parallel machines.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 69 20/04/2010 12.33.00
70 Masterys MC 60-80
OVERVIEW6.1.
The construction of the equipment and choice of materials and components comply with all laws, decrees, directives and standards currently in force.
In particular, the equipment is fully compliant with all European Directives concerning CE marking.
2006/95/EC
Council Directive 2006/95/EC, dated 16 February 2007, on the reconciliation of legislation within Member States regarding electrical material for use within specific voltage ranges.
2004/108/EC
On the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility
STANDARDS6.2.
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY6.2.1.
“Electromagnetic Compatibility Provisions (EMC)”
EN 62040-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (Class A)
SAFETY STANDARDS ITYS6.2.2.
“General and safety requirements for UPS used in operator access areas”
EN 60950-1 General and safety requirements for equipment used in operator access areas
EN 62040-1-1 General and safety requirements for UPS used in restricted access locations (certified by TÜV SÜD)
EN 50272-2 Safety requirements for secondary batteries and battery installations
EN 60896-1 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Vented types
EN 60896-2 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Valve-regulated types
EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
TYPE AND PERFORMANCE6.2.3.
“Performance requirements and methods of test”
EN 62040-3 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS). Methods of specifying the performance and test requirements
SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES6.3.
Once installed in a system, the UPS will not alter the neutral conditions; this is because the neutral input terminal "N" is connected directly to output terminal "N1" inside the equipment. If the neutral condition of the system downstream of the UPS needs to be modified, it will be necessary to install the IP version or to use the isolation transformer option.
The regulations refer to the unit (UPS) to which the manufacturer must comply with. The UPS engineer adhere's to current legislation for the specific electrical system (e.g. EN 60364).
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES6.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 70 20/04/2010 12.33.00
MASTERYS IP+r a n g e
F r o m 1 0 t o 8 0 k V A
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 71 20/04/2010 12.33.00
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 72 20/04/2010 12.33.00
73Masterys IP+ 10-80
MA
STE
RY
S IP
+ 10
-80
kVA
INDEX
1. ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751.1. Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
2. FLEXIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762.1. Power ratings from 10 to 80kVA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762.2. Flexible back-up time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772.3. Redundant parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782.4. Availability, redundancy and efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
3. ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793.1. Communication interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793.2. Hardware equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
5. SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815.1. Masterys IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
5.1.1. Installation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815.1.2. Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815.1.3. Recommended protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
6. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846.1. OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846.2. Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
6.2.1. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846.2.2. SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846.2.3. TYPE AND PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
6.3. SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 73 20/04/2010 12.33.01
74 Masterys IP+ 10-80
PURPOSE
The aim of these specifications is to provide:
The information required to choose the right uninterruptible power supply for a specific application.•
The information required to prepare the system and installation site•
The specifications are intended for:
Installation engineers•
Design engineers •
Engineering consultants•
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 74 20/04/2010 12.33.01
75Masterys IP+ 10-80
MA
STE
RY
S IP
+ 10
-80
kVA
Range1.1.
MASTERYS IP+ is a full range of high performing UPS designed to protect critical and sensitive appliances in “mission critical” appli-cations in the industrial fields, such as industrial processes.
Models
10 15 20 30 40 60 80
3/1 MASTERYS IP+ • • • • • •
3/3 MASTERYS IP+ • • • • • • •
Matrix table for model and kVA power rating
Each family has been specifically designed to meet the demands of loads in specific application contexts, in order to optimise the features of the product and to facilitate its integration within the system.
ARCHITECTURE1.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 75 20/04/2010 12.33.01
76 Masterys IP+ 10-80
Power ratings from 10 to 80kVA 2.1.
The entire range (2 models with 13 basic products) are compatible with 2 cabinets.
Thanks to its compact electronics, internal back-ups are available up to 15 minutes for 10kVA and 5 minutes for 20kVA.
FLEXIBILITY2.
DimensionsCabinet type Width (W) Depth (D) Height (H)
S 600 800 1400
M 100 830 1400
The equipment has been designed with a minimum direct and indirect footprint (the actual space occupied by the unit and the space required around it for maintenance, ventilation and access to the operating mechanisms and communication devices).
The careful design also provides frontal easy access for maintenance and installation.
All of the control mechanisms and communication interfaces are located in the front part inside to metal door
The air inlet is on the front, with outflow to the rear only; this means other equipment or external battery enclosures can be placed alongside the UPS unit.
600
800
1.40
0
1000
830
1.40
0
S M
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 76 20/04/2010 12.33.01
77Masterys IP+ 10-80
MA
STE
RY
S IP
+ 10
-80
kVA
FLEXIBILITY
Flexible back-up time 2.2.
Different extended back-up times are possible by using the standard UPS cabinet or the larger sized cabinet, both of which occupy minimum floor space.
For powers greater than or equal to 40kVA, or long back-up power periods, an additional cabinet should be used, optionally with a supplementary battery charger.
BACK-UP times in minutes (75% of load)
Cabinet type
IP 10 3/1 16 152
IP 15 3/1 10 96
IP 20 3/1 6 70
IP 30 3/1 3 40
IP 40 3/1 / 31
IP 60 3/1 / 15
IP 10 3/3 16 152
IP 15 3/3 10 96
IP 20 3/3 6 70
IP 30 3/3 3 40
IP 40 3/3 / 28
IP 60 3/3 / 15
IP 80 3/3 / 5
Selection of the back-up time is flexible thanks to the wide range of DC bus voltages.
The batteries are organised internally into racks based on their relative sizes, so as to ensure a compact unit while still guaranteeing substantial backup times.
The UPS system’s internal batteries consist of 2 distinct strings of battery packs connected in series; each individual pack is connected using polarised connectors to facilitate battery configuration and maintenance.
Each pack is sealed in an acid-proof container which is designed to prevent damage in the case of acid leakage.
To guarantee maximum back-up time availability and battery life, the Masterys series is equipped with Dual Battery and EBS systems, depending on the model.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 77 20/04/2010 12.33.02
78 Masterys IP+ 10-8078
FLEXIBILITY
Redundant parallel2.3.
MASTERYS™ offers 2 “configurations” of UPS in the same range:
Stand-alone UPS Redundant configuration UPS 1 + 1 unitsMax output power not exceed the single ups maximum power
Availability, redundancy and efficiency2.4.
To increase the availability of the power supply, redundant parallel configurations are becoming increasingly common. Consequently, the overall efficiency of the UPS system risks being reduced due to the low load on each individual machine. Socomec proposes the Energy Saver solution to maintain high performance in highly redundant configurations.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 78 20/04/2010 12.33.02
79Masterys IP+ 10-80
MA
STE
RY
S IP
+ 10
-80
kVA
Communication interfaces3.1.
The MASTERYS IP+ can manage various serial, contact and Ethernet communication channels at the same time:
The various cards and signaling accessories can be housed in the 2 communication slots mounted as standard on all models. This provides MASTERYS IP+ a highly flexible interface for the purposes of integration at a later stage after installation, also in terms of hot switching and with no need for specialist personnel.
Models
Gra
phic
dis
play
Ser
ial 2
32/4
85
Se
co
nd
Se
ria
l 2
32
/m
odem
LAN
Slot 1 / Slot 2
Uni
Vis
ion
Pro
& J
NC
T.S
ervi
ce
EMD
(c
ombi
ned
with
Net
Visi
on)
Rem
ote
mim
ic p
anel
AD
C1
GS
S
Net
Vis
ion
car
d &
JN
C
IP ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
1:standard without termal sensor; if termal sensor is necessary a second ADC card is needed
Hardware equipment3.2.
Models
Sep
arat
e m
ains
Inte
rnal
man
ual
bypa
ss1
Exte
rnal
man
ual
bypa
ss
outp
ut2
Tran
sfor
mer
Insu
latio
n m
onito
-rin
g de
vice
Bac
kfee
d co
ntro
l sy
stem
Bat
tery
cha
rger
Add
ition
al b
atte
ry
char
ger
Inte
rnal
Bat
terie
s3
Exte
rnal
bat
tery
ca
bine
t
IP31
AC
S
IP ● ● - ● ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
1:The transformer is also powered when UPS is in manual bypass2: Transformer could be connected on the input mains or by pass by the bridge on cabling sockets (refer to installation manual) for multi-transormer contact our sales
network (only for 600x 800 models3 Internal battery are available only up to 30kVA
ACCESSORIES3.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 79 20/04/2010 12.33.03
80 Masterys IP+ 10-80
Connection to the mains power supply and to the load(s) must be made using cables of suitable size, in accordance with current standards. If not already present, an electrical control station which can isolate the network upstream of the UPS must be installed. This electrical control station must be equipped with a circuit breaker (or two, if there is a separate bypass line) of an appropriate rating for the power draw at full load, and a residual current circuit breaker.
Current flowing to earth varies depending on the size of the UPS, hence installation engineers must install a residential current circuit breaker of an appropriate rating upstream of the UPS using a selective model (not sensitive to transitory currents).
Potential dispersion of current from utilities downstream of the UPS should be added to that discharged from the UPS, and it should also be noted that current peaks are also reached, albeit very briefly, during transitory phases. It is recommended to isolate the residual current circuit breaker by adding 30mA protection downstream of the UPS on power lines to utilities.
We also recommend checking first for any earth leakage current with an uninterruptible power supply installed and running at the final load to prevent any untimely tripping of the breakers.
See the relevant table for the data on the cable size and safety devices required.
We recommend to leave free space on the front of UPS for maintenance operation.
For detailed information, see the installation and operating manual.
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION4.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 80 20/04/2010 12.33.03
81Masterys IP+ 10-80
MA
STE
RY
S IP
+ 10
-80
kVA
Masterys IP+ 5.1.
Installation parameters5.1.1.
Masterys IPModel IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP80Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Rated power (kVA) 10 15 20 30 40 60 10 15 20 30 40 60 80
Active power (kW) 9 13.5 18 27 32 48 9 13.5 18 27 36 48 64Rated/maximum rectifier input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
14/17(1) 21/25(1) 28/34(1) 42/53(1) 52/70(1) 78/ 100(1) 14/17 21/25 28/34 42/50 56/67
78/ 100
106/ 133
Rated/maximum bypass input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
43/50(1) 65/75(1) 87/ 100(1)
129/ 150(1)
174/ 307(1)
260/ 458(1) 15/17(2) 22/25(2) 29/34(2) 43/50(2) 58/67(2) 87/
152(2)
116/203(2)
Inverter output current @230 V (A)
44 65 87 131 174 261 15 22 29 44 58 87 116
Maximum air flow (m3/h) 440 1810 440 625 1810
Sound level (dB) 50 62 50 55 62Dissipation at rated load (mini-mum mains power present and batte-ries charging)
W 819 1222 1603 2475 3800 5500 819 1222 1603 2415 3176 6100 8100
kcal/h 705 1051 1379 2128 3267 4730 705 1051 1379 2077 2731 5250 6970
BTU/h 2795 4171 5471 8445 13000 18800 2795 4171 5471 8243 10840 20820 27650
Dimensions (with standard back-up time)
L (mm) 600 1000 600 1000
D (mm) 800 830 800 830
H (mm) 1400 1400 1400 1400
Weight (kg) < 400 490 540 < 400 530 600
(1) Input current in bypass mode is single-phase. Consequently, the rated current of the neutral and of the phase common to the bypass is three times higher than the current drawn during normal operation by the rectifier.
(2) In the case of single-phase distorting loads downstream of the UPS, when the bypass is in operation the neutral current can be 1.5-2 times higher than the phase current; this is due to the harmonic current distortion produced by the load itself, which is no longer corrected by the UPS rectifier as occurs in normal operation.
Electrical characteristics5.1.2.
Electrical characteristics - Input
IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP80
3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3
Rated mains supply voltage 230+N 3x 400V+N
Voltage tolerance (ensuring battery recharge)
-15% + 20% (output load at pf 0,9) -20% + 20% (output load at pf 0,8)
Up to -40% to 50% of rated power (pf 0,9)
Rated Frequency 50 / 60Hz selectable
Frequency tolerance ±10%
Power factor (input at full load and rated voltage)
≥ 0.99
Total harmonic distortion (THDi) <4 <3 <2.5 <7 <4 <3 <2.5 <7
Max inrush current at start-up < In (no overcurrent)
SPECIFICATIONS5.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 81 20/04/2010 12.33.03
82 Masterys IP+ 10-8082
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics - Bypass
IP 10-80kVA
Bypass frequency variation speed 1Hz/s - 3Hz/s
Bypass rated voltage Nominal output voltage ± 15
Bypass rated frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz selectable
Bypass frequency tolerance ±2% from ±1% to ±8% (operation with generator unit)
Electrical characteristics - Inverter
IP 10-80kVA
Rated output voltage (selectable) 208(1) / 220 / 230 / 240V (models 3/1) 3x 380 / 400 / 415V +N (models 3/3)
Output voltage tolerance Static: ±1% Dynamic: VF-SS-111 (EN62040-3) compliant
Rated output frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz selectable
Output frequency tolerance ±0.01% on mains power failure
Load crest factor 3:1(3/3) 2,5:1(3/1)
Voltage harmonic distortion 1% on linear load < 7% on distorting load (EN 62040-3)
Overload tolerated by the inverter (with mains power present)
125% x 10min 150% x 1min
Electrical characteristics -Efficiency
IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP80
3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3
Double conversion efficiency (normal mode) at rated load Trafo on the output 94% 90% 94% 90%
Efficiency in Eco-Mode 98%
Electrical characteristics - Environment
IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP80
3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3
Storage temperatures -5 +50°C (23-122°F) (15-25°C for best battery life) -5 +50°C
Working temperature 0 +40°C (32-104°F) (15-25°C for best battery life) 0 +35°C
Maximum relative humidity (non-condensing) 95%
Maximum altitude without derating 1,000m (3,300ft)
Degree of protection IP31
Portability EN 60068-2
Colour RAL 7012, metal front panel: metallic grey
(1) @ 208V Pout = 90% Pnom
Notes:
Output isolation 2kV
Output neutral system Neutral isolated from input
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 82 20/04/2010 12.33.03
83Masterys IP+ 10-80
MA
STE
RY
S IP
+ 10
-80
kVA
SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended protection devices5.1.3.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Rectifier(2)
Model IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP80Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3C curve circuit breaker(1)
(A)32 32 40 63 80 125 32 32 40 63 80 125 160
GG fuse (A) 32 32 40 63 125 160 32 32 40 63 80 125 160
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - General bypass(2)
Model IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP80Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum I2t supported by the bypass (A2s)
80000 N.A. 80000 125000 8000 15000 80000 125000
Icc max (A) 4000 N.A. 4000 5000 1200 1700 4000 5000
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Input residual current circuit breaker(3)
Model IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP80Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Input residual current circuit breaker > 0.5 A Selective
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Output
Model IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP80Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3C curve circuit breaker(4) (A) 10 16 20 N.A. N.A. N.A. 4 4 6 10 13 N.A. N.A.
High-speed fuse(4) (A) 12 18 24 N.A. N.A. N.A. 6 6 10 12 16 N.A. N.A.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Terminals and cable section
Model IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP10 IP15 IP20 IP30 IP40 IP60 IP80Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Rectifier terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
4x CBD25 (35 mm2) 4x CBD50 (50 mm2) 4x CBD16 (25 mm2) 4x CBD25
(35 mm2)4x CBD50 (50 mm2)
Bypass terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
2x CBD25 (35 mm2) 2x CBD50 (75 mm2)
2x ACB120 (185 mm2- M8) 4x CBD16 (25 mm2) 4x CBD25
(35 mm2)4x CBD50 (50 mm2)
Battery terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
2x CBD25 (35 mm2) 2x CBD50 (75 mm2)
4x CBD70 (95 mm2) 4x CBD16 (25 mm2) 4x CBD25
(35 mm2)4x CBD70 (95 mm2)
Output terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
4x CBD25 (35 mm2) 2x ACB120 (185 mm2- M8) 4x CBD16 (25 mm2) 4x CBD25
(35 mm2)4x CBD50 (50 mm2)
(1) Cables must be selected 1.2 times larger than the recommended size for parallel topologies.
(2) Rectifier protection alone should only be considered in the event of separate inputs; if the bypass and rectifier inputs are combined, the general input protection rating (bypass + rectifier) must reflect the recommended bypass or general protection rating.
(3) Must be selective with residual current circuit breakers downstream of the UPS connected to the UPS output. If the bypass network is separate from the rectifier circuit, or in the event of parallel UPS, use a single residual current circuit breaker upstream of the UPS.
(4) Selectivity of distribution after the UPS with inverter short-circuit current (short-circuit in battery mode).
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 83 20/04/2010 12.33.03
84 Masterys IP+ 10-80
Reference standards and directives6.
OVERVIEW6.1.
The construction of the equipment and choice of materials and components comply with all laws, decrees, directives and standards currently in force.
In particular, the equipment is fully compliant with all European Directives concerning CE marking.
2006/95/EC
Council Directive 2006/95/EC, dated 16 February 2007, on the reconciliation of legislation within Member States regarding electrical material for use within specific voltage ranges.
2004/108/EC
On the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility
STANDARDS6.2.
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY6.2.1.
“Electromagnetic Compatibility Provisions (EMC)”
EN 62040-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (C3)
SAFETY6.2.2.
“General and safety requirements for UPS used in operator access areas”
EN 60950-1 General and safety requirements for equipment used in operator access areas
EN 62040-1-1 General and safety requirements for UPS used in restricted access locations
EN 50272-2 Safety requirements for secondary batteries and battery installations
EN 60896-1 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Vented types
EN 60896-2 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Valve-regulated types
EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
TYPE AND PERFORMANCE6.2.3.
“Performance requirements and methods of test”
EN 62040-3 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS). Methods of specifying the performance and test requirements
SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES6.3.
Neutral isolated from input
On TNS distribution connect the neutral to ground
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 84 20/04/2010 12.33.03
MASTERYS EBF r o m 3 0 t o 9 0 k V A
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 85 20/04/2010 12.33.03
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 86 20/04/2010 12.33.04
87Masterys EB 15-90
MA
ST
ER
YS
E
B 3
0-90
kVA
INDEX
1. ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891.1. Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
2. FLEXIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902.1. Power ratings from 30 to 90kVA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902.2. Flexible backup time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912.3. Parallel vertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 922.4. Availability, redundancy and efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3. ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933.1. Communication interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933.2. Hardware equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
5. SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955.1. Masterys EB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
5.1.1. Installation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955.1.2. Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955.1.3. Recommended protections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
6. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986.1. OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986.2. STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
6.2.1. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986.2.2. SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986.2.3. TYPE AND PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
6.3. SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 87 20/04/2010 12.33.04
88 Masterys EB 15-90
PURPOSE
The aim of these specifications is to provide:
The information required to choose the right uninterruptible power supply for a specific application.•
The information required to prepare the system and installation site•
The specifications are intended for:
Installation engineers•
Design engineers •
Engineering consultants•
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 88 20/04/2010 12.33.04
89Masterys EB 15-90
MA
ST
ER
YS
E
B 3
0-90
kVA
Range1.1.
MASTERYS™ is a full range of high performing UPS designed to protect critical and sensitive appliances in “mission critical” applica-tions in the IT, telecom and industrial fields, such as enterprise servers, storage systems, networking equipment, telecommunications systems, diagnostic/medical devices and industrial processes.
The EB models offer powers of 30 to 90kVA to cover all possible electrical configurations: single/single phase, three/single phase and three/three phase.
Models
30 45 60 90
EB E-Business 3/3 (15 kVA module)
2x15 3x15
EB E-Business 3/3 (30 kVA module)
2x30 3x30
Matrix table for model and kVA power rating
Each range has been specifically designed to meet the demands of loads for specific applications, in order to optimise the features of the unit and to facilitate its integration within the system.
ARCHITECTURE1.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 89 20/04/2010 12.33.04
90 Masterys EB 15-90
Power ratings from 30 to 90kVA 2.1.
The entire range (4 basic products) are compatible with 1 cabinet with reduced footprint.
Thanks to its compact electronics, internal back-ups are available up to 30 minutes for 30kVA and 10 minutes for
40kVA.
DimensionsCabinet type Width (W) Depth (D) Height (H)
W 600mm 795mm 1400mm
FLEXIBILITY2.
600795
1.40
0
The equipment has been designed with a minimum direct and indirect footprint (the actual space occupied by the unit and the space required around it for maintenance, ventilation and access to the operating mechanisms and communication devices).
The careful design also provides easy access for maintenance and installation.
All of the control mechanisms and communication interfaces are located in the upper front part and can be accessed from the first panel with the red surround (except for the IP version which has a single metal door).
The air inlet is on the front, with outflow to the rear only; this means other equipment or external battery enclosures can be placed alongside the UPS unit.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 90 20/04/2010 12.33.04
91Masterys EB 15-90
MA
ST
ER
YS
E
B 3
0-90
kVA
FLEXIBILITY
Flexible backup time2.2.
Different extended back-up times are possible by using the standard UPS cabinet or the larger sized cabinet, both of which occupy minimum floor space.
For powers greater than or equal to 40kVA, or long back-up power periods, an additional cabinet should be used, optionally with a supplementary battery charger.
BACK-UP times in minutes (75% of load)
Cabinet type
EB 30 11 up to 45*
EB 45 - up to 25*
EB 60 4 up to 18*
EB 90 - up to 10*
* Supplementary battery cabinet 600x800x1400mm (LxPxH)
Selection of the back-up time is flexible thanks to the wide range of DC bus voltages.
The batteries are organised internally into racks based on their relative sizes, so as to ensure a compact unit while still guaranteeing substantial back-up times.
The UPS system’s internal batteries consist of 2 distinct strings of battery packs connected in series; each individual pack is connec-ted using polarised connectors to facilitate battery configuration and maintenance.
Each pack is sealed in an acid-proof container which is designed to prevent damage in the case of acid leakage.
To guarantee maximum back-up time availability and battery life, the Masterys series is equipped with Dual Battery and EBS systems, depending on the model.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 91 20/04/2010 12.33.04
92 Masterys EB 15-9092
FLEXIBILITY
Parallel vertical2.3.
MASTERYS EB offers a vertical parallel configuration of UPS in the same cabinet:
Modular UPS (vertical parallel)
Availability, redundancy and efficiency2.4.
To increase the availability of the power supply, redundant parallel configurations are becoming increasingly common. Consequently, the overall efficiency of the UPS system risks being reduced due to the low load on each individual machine. Socomec proposes the Energy Saver solution to maintain high performance in highly redundant configurations.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 92 20/04/2010 12.33.04
93Masterys EB 15-90
MA
ST
ER
YS
E
B 3
0-90
kVA
Communication interfaces3.1.
The MASTERYS™ can manage various serial, contact and Ethernet communication channels at the same time:
The various cards and signaling accessories can be housed in the 2 communication slots mounted as standard on all models. This provides MASTERYS™ a highly flexible interface for the purposes of integration at a later stage after installation, also in terms of hot switching and with no need for specialist personnel.
Models
16x2
LC
D d
ispl
ay
Gra
phic
dis
play
Sys
tem
con
cent
rato
r
Ser
ial 2
32/4
85
Se
co
nd
S
eri
al
23
2/
mod
em
LAN
Slot 1 / Slot 2
Uni
Vis
ion
Pro
& J
NC
T.S
ervi
ce
EMD
(c
ombi
ned
with
Net
Visi
on)
Rem
ote
mim
ic p
anel
AD
C
GS
S
Ne
t V
isio
n c
ard
&
JNC
EB 15-30-45-60-90 - ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
Hardware equipment3.2.
Models
Sep
arat
e m
ains
Inte
rnal
man
ual
bypa
ss
Exte
rnal
man
ual
bypa
ss
Inpu
t/ou
tput
Tr
ansf
orm
er
Insu
latio
n m
onito
-rin
g de
vice
Pow
er S
hare
Bat
tery
cha
rger
Add
ition
al b
atte
ry
char
ger
Par
alle
l kit
Inte
rnal
Bat
terie
s
Exte
rnal
bat
tery
ca
bine
t
IP21
AC
SEB 15-30-45-60-90 ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○2 ○ ○ ○• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
1: IP 31 on demand.2: 45 and 90 kVA not compatible with internal batteries.
ACCESSORIES3.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 93 20/04/2010 12.33.04
94 Masterys EB 15-90
Connection to the mains power supply and to the load(s) must be made using cables of suitable size, in accordance with current standards. If not already present, an electrical control station which can isolate the network upstream of the UPS must be installed. This electrical control station must be equipped with a circuit breaker (or two, if there is a separate bypass line) of an appropriate rating for the power draw at full load, and a residual current circuit breaker.
Current flowing to earth varies depending on the size of the UPS, hence installation engineers must install a residential current circuit breaker of an appropriate rating upstream of the UPS using a selective model (not sensitive to transitory currents).
Potential dispersion of current from utilities downstream of the UPS should be added to that discharged from the UPS, and it should also be noted that current peaks are also reached, albeit very briefly, during transitory phases. It is recommended to isolate the residual current circuit breaker by adding 30mA protection downstream of the UPS on power lines to utilities.
We also recommend checking first for any earth leakage current with an uninterruptible power supply installed and running at the final load to prevent any untimely tripping of the breakers.
If an external manual bypass is required, only the model supplied by the manufacturer must be installed.
See the relevant table for the data on the cable size and safety devices required.
We recommend fitting two metres of unanchored flexible cable between the UPS output terminals and the cable anchor (wall or cabinet). This makes it possible to move and service the UPS.
For detailed information, see the installation and operating manual.
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION4.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 94 20/04/2010 12.33.04
95Masterys EB 15-90
MA
ST
ER
YS
E
B 3
0-90
kVA
SPECIFICATIONS5.
Masterys EB5.1.
Installation parameters5.1.1.
MASTERYS EBModel EB30 EB45 EB60 EB90Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3
Rated power (kVA) 30 45 60 90
Active power (kW) 24 36 48 72Rated/maximum rectifier input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
38/71 58/109 77/144 115/215
Rated/maximum bypass input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
43/76(1) 65/114(1) 87/152(1) 130/228(1)
Inverter output current @230 V (A)
44 65 87 130
Minimum air flow (m3/h) 1092 1638 1092 1638
Sound level (dBA) 58 61 58 61Dissipation at rated load (mini-mum mains power present and batte-ries charging)
W 2374 3561 5098 7650
kcal/h 2042 3063 4384 6576
BTU/h 8100 12150 17400 26100
Dimensions (with standard back-up time)
W (mm)
600
D (mm) 795
H (mm) 1400
Weight (kg) 450 315 (without batteries) 500 350 (without batteries)
(1) In the case of single-phase distorting loads downstream of the UPS, when the bypass is in operation the neutral current can be 1-1.5 times higher than the phase current; this is due to the harmonic current distortion produced by the load itself, which is no longer corrected by the UPS rectifier as occurs in normal operation.
Electrical characteristics5.1.2.
Electrical characteristics - Input
EB 30-90kVA
Rated mains supply voltage 3x400 V+N
Voltage tolerance (ensuring battery recharge)
±20% Up to -35% at 70% of rated power
Rated Frequency 50 / 60Hz selectable
Frequency tolerance ±10%
Power factor (input at full load and rated voltage)
≥ 0.99
Total harmonic distortion (THDi) < 3% (fino alla 50a harmonic)
Max inrush current at start-up < In (nessuna sovracorrente)
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 95 20/04/2010 12.33.04
96 Masterys EB 15-9096
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics - Bypass
EB 30-90 kVA
Bypass frequency variation speed 1Hz/s - 3Hz/s
Bypass rated voltage Nominal output voltage ± 15
Bypass rated frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz selectable
Bypass frequency tolerance ±2% from ±1% to ±8% (operation with generator unit)
Electrical characteristics -Inverter
EB 30-90 kVA
Rated output voltage (selectable) 3x 380 / 400 / 415V+N
Output voltage tolerance Static: ±1% Dynamic: VF-SS-111 (EN62040-3) compliant
Rated output frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz selectable
Output frequency tolerance ±0.01% on mains power failure
Load crest factor 3:1
Voltage harmonic distortion 1% on linear load < 6% on distorting load (EN 62040-3)
Overload tolerated by the inverter (with mains power present)
125% x 10min 150% x 1min
Electrical characteristics -Efficiency
EB 30-90kVA
Double conversion efficiency (normal mode) (*) 92% with nominal load
Efficiency in Eco Mode 97%
Electrical characteristics -Environment
EB 30-90kVA
Storage temperatures -5 +50°C (23-122°F) (15-25 °C for better battery life)
Working temperature 0 +40°C (32-104°F) (15-25°C for better battery life)
Maximum relative humidity (non-condensing) 95%
Maximum altitude without derating 1,000m (3,300 ft)
Degree of protection IP 20 (IP 21 optional)
Portability EN 60068-2
Colour: RAL 7012, plastic front panels: metallic grey
(*) at 208V Pout= 90% Pnom
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 96 20/04/2010 12.33.05
97Masterys EB 15-90
MA
ST
ER
YS
E
B 3
0-90
kVA
SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended protections 5.1.3.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Rectifier(1)
Model EB30 EB45 EB60 EB90Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3D curve circuit breaker (A)
63 100 125 200
GG fuse (A) 63 100 125 200
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - General bypass(1)
Model EB30 EB45 EB60 EB90Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum I2t supported by the bypass (A2s)
16000 24000 30000 45000
Icc max (A) 2400 3600 3400 5100C curve circuit breaker (A)
63 100 125 200
GG fuse (A) 63 100 125 200
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Input residual current circuit breaker(2)
Model EB30 EB45 EB60 EB90Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Input residual current circuit breaker >0.5A Selective
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Output
Model EB30 EB45 EB60 EB90Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum inverter I2t at 100ms (short-circuit in battery mode) (A2s)
540 810 2164 3246
C curve circuit breaker(4)
(A)< 8 < 12 < 16 < 24
High-speed fuse(4) (A) < 12 < 18 < 24 < 36
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Terminals and cable section
Model EB30 EB45 EB60 EB90Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Rectifier terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
4xCBD35 (50mm2)
Bypass terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
4xCBD35 (50mm2)
Battery terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
12xCBD25 (35mm2)
Output terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
4xCBD35 (50mm2)
(1) Rectifier protection alone should only be considered in the event of separate inputs; if the bypass and rectifier inputs are combined, the general input protection rating (bypass + rectifier) must reflect the recommended bypass or general protection rating.
(2) Must be selective with residual current circuit breakers downstream of the UPS connected to the UPS output. If the bypass network is separate from the rectifier circuit, or in the event of parallel UPS, use a single residual current circuit breaker upstream of the UPS.
(3) Selectivity of distribution after the UPS with inverter shortcircuit current (shortcircuit in battery mode).
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 97 20/04/2010 12.33.05
98 Masterys EB 15-90
OVERVIEW6.1.
The construction of the equipment and choice of materials and components comply with all laws, decrees, directives and standards currently in force.
In particular, the equipment is fully compliant with all European Directives concerning CE marking.
2006/95/EC
Council Directive 2006/95/EC, dated 16 February 2007, on the reconciliation of legislation within Member States regarding electrical material for use within specific voltage ranges.
2004/108/EC
On the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility
STANDARDS6.2.
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY6.2.1.
“Electromagnetic Compatibility Provisions (EMC)”
EN 62040-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (Class A)
SAFETY6.2.2.
“General and safety requirements for UPS used in operator access areas”
EN 60950-1 General and safety requirements for equipment used in operator access areas
EN 62040-1-1 General and safety requirements for UPS used in restricted access locations (certified by TÜV SÜD)
EN 50272-2 Safety requirements for secondary batteries and battery installations
EN 60896-1 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Vented types
EN 60896-2 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Valve-regulated types
EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
TYPE AND PERFORMANCE6.2.3.
“Performance requirements and methods of test”
EN 62040-3 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS). Methods of specifying the performance and test requirements
SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES6.3.
Once installed in a system, the UPS will not alter the neutral conditions; this is because the neutral input terminal "N" is connected directly to output terminal "N1" inside the equipment. If the neutral condition of the system downstream of the UPS needs to be modified, it will be necessary to install the IP version or to use the isolation transformer option.
The regulations refer to the unit (UPS) to which the manufacturer must comply with. When the UPS is installed in a system, the installation engineer must consult all applicable legislation for the specific electrical system (e.g. EN 60364).
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES6.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 98 20/04/2010 12.33.05
GREEN POWERr a n g e
F r o m 1 0 t o 2 0 0 k V A
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 99 20/04/2010 12.33.05
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 100 20/04/2010 12.33.05
101Green Power 10-200
GR
EE
N P
OW
ER
10
-200
kVA
INDEX
1. ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031.1. Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
2. FLEXIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042.1. Power ratings from 10 to 200kVA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042.2. Flexible back-up time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052.3. Series parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062.4. Availability, redundancy and efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
3. ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1073.1. Communication interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1073.2. Hardware equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
4. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
5. SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095.1. GREEN POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
5.1.1. Installation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095.1.2. Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095.1.3. Recommended protections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
6. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126.1. OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126.2. STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
6.2.1. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126.2.2. SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126.2.3. TYPE AND PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
6.3. SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 101 20/04/2010 12.33.05
102 Green Power 10-200
PURPOSE
The aim of these specifications is to provide:
The information required to choose the right uninterruptible power supply for a specific application.•
The information required to prepare the system and installation site•
The specifications are intended for:
Installation engineers•
Design engineers •
Engineering consultants•
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 102 20/04/2010 12.33.05
103Green Power 10-200
GR
EE
N P
OW
ER
10
-200
kVA
Range1.1.
GREEN POWER is a full range of high performing UPS designed to protect critical and sensitive appliances in “mission critical” applications in the IT, telecom and industrial fields, such as enterprise servers, storage systems, networking equipment, telecom-munications systems, diagnostic/medical devices and industrial processes.
Models
10 15 20 30 40 100 120 160 200
GP GREEN POVER 3/1 • • •
GP GREEN POVER 3/3 • • • • • • • • •
Matrix table for model and kVA power rating
Each family has been specifically designed to meet the demands of loads in specific application contexts, in order to optimise the features of the product and to facilitate its integration within the system.
ARCHITECTURE1.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 103 20/04/2010 12.33.06
104 Green Power 10-200
Power ratings from 10 to 200kVA 2.1.
The entire range (3 models with 12 basic products) are compatible with 5 cabinets, of which 4 have the same footprint.
The UPS’s power and autonomy thus translates into the height of the cabinet itself:
800mm;•
1000mm; •
1400mm •
Thanks to its compact electronics, internal back-ups are available up to 30 minutes for 30kVA and 10 minutes for 40kVA.
FLEXIBILITY2.
444
795
1.40
0
700
800
193
0
DimensionsCabinet type Width (W) Depth (D) Height (H)
S 444mm 795mm 800mm
M 444mm 795mm 1000mm
T 444mm 795mm 1400mm
X 700mm 800mm 1930mm
The equipment has been designed with a minimum direct and indirect footprint (the actual space occupied by the unit and the space required around it for maintenance, ventilation and access to the operating mechanisms and communication devices).
The careful design also provides easy access for maintenance and installation.
All of the control mechanisms and communication interfaces are located in the upper front part and can be accessed from the first panel with the red surround.
The air inlet is on the front, with outflow to the rear only; this means other equipment or external battery enclosures can be placed alongside the UPS unit.
444
795
800
444
795
1.00
0
S
T
M
X
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 104 20/04/2010 12.33.06
105Green Power 10-200
GR
EE
N P
OW
ER
10
-200
kVA
FLEXIBILITY
Flexible back-up time 2.2.
Different extended back-up times are possible by using the standard UPS cabinet or the larger sized cabinet, both of which occupy minimum floor space.
For powers greater than or equal to 40kVA, or long back-up power periods, an additional cabinet should be used, optionally with a supplementary battery charger.
BACK-UP times in minutes (75% of load)
Cabinet type
GP 10 18 27/45 75/110 up to 500
GP 15 11 16/25 45/65 up to 300
GP 20 10/18 30/45 up to 200
GP 30 10 18/28 up to 130
GP 40 10 up to 90
GP 100 up to 34
GP 120 up to 22
GP 160 up to 15
GP 200 up to 8
* Supplementary battery cabinet 1000 x 800 x 1800 mm (LxPxH)
Selection of the back-up time is flexible thanks to the wide range of DC bus voltages.
The batteries are organised internally into racks based on their relative sizes, so as to ensure a compact unit while still guaranteeing substantial backup times.
The UPS system’s internal batteries consist of 2 distinct strings of battery packs connected in series; each individual pack is connected using polarised connectors to facilitate battery configuration and maintenance (GP 10 -120 only).
Each pack is sealed in an acid-proof container which is designed to prevent damage in the case of acid leakage.
To guarantee maximum back-up time availability and battery life, the GREEN POWER series is equipped with EBS systems, depend-ing on the model.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 105 20/04/2010 12.33.06
106 Green Power 10-200106
FLEXIBILITY
Parallel2.3.
GREEN POWER offers 2 “configurations” of UPS in the same range:
Stand-alone UPS Parallel UPS up to 6 units (horizontal parallel)
Parallel UPS up to 8 unit for GP 160-200
Availability, redundancy and efficiency2.4.
To increase the availability of the power supply, redundant parallel configurations are becoming increasingly common. Consequently, the overall efficiency of the UPS system risks being reduced due to the low load on each individual machine. Socomec proposes the Energy Saver solution to maintain high performance in highly redundant configurations.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 106 20/04/2010 12.33.06
107Green Power 10-200
GR
EE
N P
OW
ER
10
-200
kVA
Communication interfaces3.1.
The GREEN POWER can manage various serial, contact and Ethernet communication channels at the same time:
The various cards and signaling accessories can be housed in the 2 communication slots mounted as standard on all models (2 or 4 more optianal slot are available repectivey on 100-120kVA range and 160-200kVA range). This provides GREEN POWER a highly flexible interface for the purposes of integration at a later stage after installation, also in terms of hot switching and with no need for specialist personnel.
Models
Gra
phic
dis
play
AD
ICO
M
Sys
tem
con
cent
rato
r
Ser
ial 2
32
Ser
ial 4
85
LAN Slot
Uni
Vis
ion
Pro
& J
NC
T.S
ervi
ce
Rem
ote
mim
ic p
anel
SN
MP
e-m
ail
Mod
bus
TCP
Web
Mon
itorin
g
AD
C
Sec
ond
Ser
ial 2
32/
mod
em R
TU
SM
S n
otifi
catio
n
Ser
ial 2
32 +
Mod
em
Net
Vis
ion
card
& J
NC
Pro
fibus
GS
S
EMD
(com
bine
d w
ith
Net
Visi
on)
GP 10 / 15 / 20 / 30 / 40 ● - ● ● ● ○1 ○1 - ● ○ - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
GP 100-120 - ● - ● - ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ -
GP 160-200 - ● - ● - ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ - ○ - ○ ○ ○ -
• Standardº Option- Not available
For a descrip tion of the options, see glossary
1: Need the net vision card
Hardware equipment3.2.
Models
Sep
arat
e m
ains
Inte
rnal
man
ual
bypa
ss
Exte
rnal
man
ual
bypa
ss
Inpu
t/ou
tput
Tr
ansf
orm
er
Insu
latio
n m
onito
-rin
g de
vice
Bac
kfee
d co
ntro
l sy
stem
Bat
tery
cha
rger
Add
ition
al b
atte
ry
char
ger
Par
alle
l kit
Inte
rnal
Bat
terie
s
Exte
rnal
bat
tery
ca
bine
t
IP20
AC
S
GP 10 / 15 / 20 / 30 / 40 ● ● ○ ○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
GP 100-120 / 160-200 ● ● ○ ○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ - ● ○ ○• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
1: other IP on demand.
ACCESSORIES3.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 107 20/04/2010 12.33.06
108 Green Power 10-200
Connection to the mains power supply and to the load(s) must be made using cables of suitable size, in accordance with current standards. If not already present, an electrical control station which can isolate the network upstream of the UPS must be installed. This electrical control station must be equipped with a circuit breaker (or two, if there is a separate bypass line) of an appropriate rating for the power draw at full load, and a residual current circuit breaker.
Current flowing to earth varies depending on the size of the UPS, hence installation engineers must install a residential current circuit breaker of an appropriate rating upstream of the UPS using a selective model (not sensitive to transitory currents).
Potential dispersion of current from utilities downstream of the UPS should be added to that discharged from the UPS, and it should also be noted that current peaks are also reached, albeit very briefly, during transitory phases. It is recommended to isolate the residual current circuit breaker by adding 30mA protection downstream of the UPS on power lines to utilities.
We also recommend checking first for any earth leakage current with an uninterruptible power supply installed and running at the final load to prevent any untimely tripping of the breakers.
If an external manual bypass is required, only the model supplied by the manufacturer must be installed.
See the relevant table for the data on the cable size and safety devices required.
We recommend fitting two metres of unanchored flexible cable between the UPS output terminals and the cable anchor (wall or cabinet). This makes it possible to move and service the UPS.
For detailed information, see the installation and operating manual.
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION4.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 108 20/04/2010 12.33.06
109Green Power 10-200
GR
EE
N P
OW
ER
10
-200
kVA
GREEN POWER5.1.
Installation parameters5.1.1.
GP
Model GP10 GP15 GP20 GP10 GP15 GP20 GP30 GP40 GP 100 GP 120 GP 160 GP 200 Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Rated power (kVA) 10 15 20 10 15 20 30 40 100 120 160 200
Active power (kW) 9 13.5 18 9 13.5 18 27 36 90 108 144 180Rated/maximum rectifier input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
14/17(1) 21/25(1) 28/34(1) 14/17( 21/25 28/34 42/50 56/67139/ 205
166/ 248
220/ 290
278/ 340
Rated/maximum bypass input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
43/50(1) 65/75(1)87/
100(1)15/17(1) 22/25(2) 29/34(2) 43/50(2) 58/67(2)
174/ 348 x 1min(1)
348/ 696 x 1min(1)
231/ 363 x 1min(1)
289/ 455 x 1min(1)
Inverter output current @230V (A)
44 65 87 15 22 29 43 58 145 174 232 290
Maximum air flow (m3/h) 360 460 2000 2250
Sound level (dB) 50 55 65Dissipation at rated load (mini-mum mains power present and batte-ries charging)(3)
W 680 902 1193 680 902 1193 1775 2326 5700 6900 8600 10650
kcal/h 581 776 1026 581 776 1026 1526 2000 4900 5930 7395 9157
BTU/h 2317 3078 4072 2317 3078 4072 6058 7939 19450 23550 29361 36360
Dimensions (with standard back-up time up to GP40)
L (mm) 444 700
D (mm) 795 800
H (mm) 800 1000 800 1000 1400 1930
Weight (kg) 190 195 240 190 195 240 315 415 380 460(1) Input current in bypass mode is single-phase. Consequently, the rated current of the neutral and of the phase common to the bypass is three
times higher than the current drawn during normal operation by the rectifier.
(2) In the case of single-phase distorting loads downstream of the UPS, when the bypass is in operation the neutral current can be 1.5-2 times higher than the phase current; this is due to the harmonic current distortion produced by the load itself, which is no longer corrected by the UPS rectifier as occurs in normal operation.
(3)Considering full current available on the charger
Electrical characteristics5.1.2.
Electrical characteristics - Input
Model GP 10 kVA
15 kVA
20 kVA
30 kVA
40 kVA 100-120kVA 160-200kVA
Rated mains supply voltage 3x 400V +N 3x 400V +N 3x 400V
Voltage tolerance (ensuring battery recharge)
+20% -15% Up to -40% at 50% of rated
power
±20% Up to -40% at 50% of rated
power
-15 +20% Up to -50% at 60% of rated
power
Rated Frequency 50 / 60Hz selectable
Frequency tolerance ± 10%
Power factor (input at full load and rated voltage)
≥0.99
Total harmonic distortion (THDi)
Model 3 / 3
< 3%< 2.5%
Model 3 / 1/
< 5% < 4% <3%
Max inrush current at start-up <In (no overcurrent)
SPECIFICATIONS5.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 109 20/04/2010 12.33.06
110 Green Power 10-200110
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics - Bypass
GP 10-40kVA 100-120kVA 160-200kVA
Bypass frequency variation speed 2Hz/s settable from 1 to 3Hz/s
Bypass rated voltage Nominal output voltage ± 15
Bypass rated frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz selectable
Bypass frequency tolerance±2%
From ±1% to ±8% (Operation with generator unit)
Electrical characteristics -Inverter
GP 10 15 20 30 40 100 120 160 200
Rated output voltage (selectable)
208(1) / 220 / 230 / 240V (models 3/1)
3x 380 / 400 / 415V +N (models 3/3)
3x 380 / 400 / 415V +N
400V + N
Output voltage toleranceStatic: ±1%
Dynamic: VF-SS-111 (EN62040-3) compliant
Rated output frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz selectable
Output frequency tolerance ±0.01% on mains power failure
Load crest factor 3:1
Voltage harmonic distortion1% on linear load
< 5% on distorting load (EN 62040-3)
1% on linear load < 4% on distorting load (Ph/N)
Overload tolerated by the inverter (with mains power present)
10min 10kW 15kW 20kW 30kW 40kW 100kW 120kW 180kW 225kW
1min 12kW 18kW 24kW 36kW 48kW 120kW 144kW 216kW 270kW
Electrical characteristics - Efficiency
10-40 100 120 160 200
Double conversion efficiency (normal mode) (*)
@50% 96 % 96% 96% 96% 96%
@75% 96 % 96% 96% 96% 96%
@ full load 95,5 % 96% 95.5% 96% 95.5%
Efficiency in Eco-Mode 98 % 98% -
Electrical characteristics - Environment
10-40 100 120 160 200
Storage temperatures -5 +50°C (23-122°F) (15-25°C for better battery life)
Working temperature 0 +40°C (32-104°F) (15-25°C for better battery life)
Maximum relative humidity (non-condensing) 95%
Maximum altitude without derating 1,000m (3,300ft)
Degree of protection IP 20 (IP 21 optional)
Portability EN 60068-2
Colour RAL 7012, plastic front panels: dark grey
RAL 7012 dark grey, door: Light grey
(1) at 208V Pout= 90% Pnom
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 110 20/04/2010 12.33.07
111Green Power 10-200
GR
EE
N P
OW
ER
10
-200
kVA
SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended protections 5.1.3.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Rectifier(2)
Model GP 10 15 20 10 15 20 30 40 100 120 160 200Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3D curve circuit breaker(1)
(A)32 32 40 32 32 40 63 80 250 250 315 400
GG fuse (A) 32 32 40 32 32 40 63 80 250 250 315 400
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - General bypass(2)
Model GP 10 15 20 10 15 20 30 40 100 120 160 200Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum I2t supported by the bypass (A2s)
80000 8000 15000 640000
Icc max (A) 4000 1200 1700 8000 8000 8000 8000D curve circuit breaker(1) (A)
100 100 125 32 32 40 63 80 250 250 400 630
GG fuse(1) (A) 100 100 125 32 32 40 63 80 N.A. N.A. 400 630
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Input residual current circuit breaker(3)
Model GP 10 15 20 10 15 20 30 40 100 120 160 200Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Input residual current circuit breaker > 0.5 A Selective 3 A OFF relay
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Output(4)
Model GP 10 15 20 10 15 20 30 40 100 120 160 200Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum inverter I2t at 100ms (short-circuit in battery mode) (A2s)
1161 2547 4500 129 283 500 1133 1994 20000 20000 64000 64000
C curve circuit breaker(4) (A) ≤ 12 ≤ 16 ≤ 20 ≤ 4 ≤ 4 ≤ 6 ≤ 10 ≤ 13 ≤ 40 ≤ 40 ≤ 80 ≤ 160
B curve circuit breaker(4) (A) ≤ 20 ≤ 32 ≤ 40 ≤ 8 ≤ 8 ≤ 12 ≤ 20 ≤ 25 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
High-speed fuse(4) (A) ≤ 18 ≤ 18 ≤ 24 ≤ 6 ≤ 6 ≤ 10 ≤ 12 ≤ 16 ≤ 32 ≤ 32 ≤ 80 ≤ 160
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Terminals and cable section
Model GP 10 15 20 10 15 20 30 40 100 120 160 200Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Rectifier terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 150mm2 2x 150mm2
Bypass terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
2xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 150mm2 2x 150mm2
Battery terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 150mm2 2x 240mm2
Output terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
2xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 150mm2 2x 150mm2
(1) Cables must be selected 1.2 times larger than the recommended size for parallel topologies.
(2) Rectifier protection alone should only be considered in the event of separate inputs; if the bypass and rectifier inputs are combined, the general input protection rating (bypass + rectifier) must reflect the recommended bypass or general protection rating.
(3) Must be selective with residual current circuit breakers downstream of the UPS connected to the UPS output. If the bypass network is separate from the rectifier circuit, or in the event of parallel UPS, use a single residual current circuit breaker upstream of the UPS.
(4) Selectivity of distribution after the UPS with inverter short-circuit current (short-circuit in battery mode). The rating of the protection can be increased by "n" times for series-parallel machines, with "n" equal to the number of parallel machines.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 111 20/04/2010 12.33.07
112 Green Power 10-200
Reference standards and directives6.
OVERVIEW6.1.
The construction of the equipment and choice of materials and components comply with all laws, decrees, directives and standards currently in force.
In particular, the equipment is fully compliant with all European Directives concerning CE marking.
2006/95/EC
Council Directive 2006/95/EC, dated 16 February 2007, on the reconciliation of legislation within Member States regarding electrical material for use within specific voltage ranges.
2004/108/EC
On the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility
STANDARDS6.2.
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY6.2.1.
“Electromagnetic Compatibility Provisions (EMC)”
EN 62040-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (Class A)
SAFETY6.2.2.
“General and safety requirements for UPS used in operator access areas”
EN 60950-1 General and safety requirements for equipment used in operator access areas
EN 62040-1-1 General and safety requirements for UPS used in restricted access locations (certified by TÜV SÜD)
EN 50272-2 Safety requirements for secondary batteries and battery installations
EN 60896-1 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Vented types
EN 60896-2 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Valve-regulated types
EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
TYPE AND PERFORMANCE6.2.3.
“Performance requirements and methods of test”
EN 62040-3 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS). Methods of specifying the performance and test requirements
SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES6.3.
Once installed in a system, the UPS will not alter the neutral conditions; this is because the neutral input terminal “N” is connected directly to output terminal “N1” inside the equipment. If the neutral condition of the system downstream of the UPS needs to be modified, it will be necessary to use the isolation transformer option.
The regulations refer to the unit (UPS) to which the manufacturer must comply with. The UPS engineer adhere’s to current legislation for the specific electrical system (e.g. EN 60364).
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 112 20/04/2010 12.33.07
DELPHYS MP F r o m 6 0 t o 2 0 0 k V A
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 113 20/04/2010 12.33.07
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 114 20/04/2010 12.33.07
115Delphys MP 60-200
DE
LPH
YS
MP
60
-200
kVA
1. ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171.1. Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2. FLEXIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182.1. Power ratings from 60 to 200 kVA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182.2. Flexible backup time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182.3. Series parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
3. ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1193.1. Communication interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1193.2. Hardware Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
4. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
5. SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1215.1. Delphys MP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
5.1.1. Installation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1215.1.2. Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1215.1.3. Recommended protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
6. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246.1. OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246.2. STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
6.2.1. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246.2.2. SAFETY STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246.2.3. TYPE AND PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
6.3. SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
INDEX
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 115 20/04/2010 12.33.07
116 Delphys MP 60-200
PURPOSE
The aim of these specifications is to provide:
The information required to choose the right uninterruptible power supply for a specific application.•
The information required to prepare the system and installation site•
The specifications are intended for:
Installation engineers•
Design engineers •
Engineering consultants•
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 116 20/04/2010 12.33.07
117Delphys MP 60-200
DE
LPH
YS
MP
60
-200
kVA
Range1.1.
DELPHYS MP Elite is the result of SOCOMEC UPS's extensive experience in the field of power supplies for sensitive systems. It integrates the latest and most powerful generation of Insulate Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBTs). The use of microprocessors increases the number of functions for more secure operation.
The implementation of cutting-edge technology such as Surface Mounted Technology (SMT) has reduced the number and size of the circuit boards. This reduction in the number of components enhances the reliability of DELPHYS MP Elite by increasing its resistance to electromagnetic disturbances.
Models
60 80 100 120 160 200
DELPYS MP Elite 3/3 • • • • • •
Matrix table for model and kVA power rating
Each family has been specifically designed to meet the demands of loads in specific application contexts, in order to optimise the features of the product and to facilitate its integration within the system.
ARCHITECTURE1.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 117 20/04/2010 12.33.07
118 Delphys MP 60-200
FLEXIBILITY2.
Power ratings from 60 to 200 kVA 2.1.
DimensionsCabinet type Width (W) Depth (D) Height (H)
MP ELITE 1000 mm 845 mm 1930 mm
The equipment has been designed with a minimum direct and indirect footprint (the actual space occupied by the unit and the space required around it for maintenance, ventilation and access to the operating mechanisms and communication devices).
The careful design also provides easy access for maintenance and installation:
All of the control mechanisms and communication interfaces are located in the upper front part and can be accessed from the door.
The air inlet is at the front, with outflow to the rear only; this means other equipment or external battery enclosures can be placed alongside the UPS unit.
Flexible backup time2.2.
Selection of the back-up time is flexible thanks to the wide range of DC bus voltages.
The batteries are organised internally into racks based on their relative sizes, so as to ensure a compact unit while still guaranteeing substantial backup times.
To guarantee maximum back-up time availability and battery life, the DELPHYS MP Elite series includes Expert Battery System (EBS) battery charging management, with Battery Health Check(BHC) battery monitoring available on request
Series parallel2.3.
DELPHYS MP Elite offers various system configurations for increased redundancy and availability:
+
Stand-alone UPS Series-parallel UPS
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 118 20/04/2010 12.33.07
119Delphys MP 60-200
DE
LPH
YS
MP
60
-200
kVA
Communication interfaces3.1.
DELPHYS MP Elite can manage various different serial, contact and Ethernet communication channels at the same time:
The various cards and signalling accessories can be housed in the communication slots mounted as standard on all models. This provides DELPHYS MP Elite UPS systems with a highly flexible interface for the purposes of integration at a later stage after instal-lation, also in terms of hot switching and with no need for specialist personnel.
Models
40x8
LC
D d
ispl
ay
GTS
gra
phic
dis
play
Dry
con
tact
em
bedd
ed
1-5 slots
Vis
ion
suite
T.S
ervi
ce
EMD
com
bine
d w
ith N
et
Vis
ion
AD
C
Ser
ial 2
32/4
85
Pro
fibus
Mod
bus
TCP
Mod
em
Net
Vis
ion
card
JN
C/ S
NM
P/ W
EB/ E
mai
l
SM
S n
otifi
catio
n
(ser
ial 2
32 +
mod
em)
MP ELITE ● ○ ● ○ ● ○ - ○ ○ ○ ○• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
Second Serial 232/
Hardware Equipment3.2.
Models
Sep
arat
e m
ains
Inte
rna
l m
ain
ten
an
ce
bypa
ss
Ext
ern
al
ma
inte
na
nc
e by
pass
Inpu
t/ou
tput
Tra
nsfo
rmer
Insu
lati
on
mo
nit
ori
ng
devi
ce
Bat
tery
cha
rger
Aux
iliary
bat
tery
cha
rger
Bac
k fe
ed c
ontro
l sys
tem
Inte
rnal
Bac
k fe
ed
isol
atio
n de
vice
IP52
BH
C
Red
unda
nt p
ower
sup
ply
AC
S
MP ELITE ● ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
ACCESSORIES3.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 119 20/04/2010 12.33.07
120 Delphys MP 60-200
Connection to the mains power supply and to the load(s) must be made using cables of suitable size, in accordance with current standards. If not already present, an electrical control station which can isolate the network upstream of the UPS must be installed. This electrical control station must be equipped with a circuit breaker (or two, if there is a separate bypass line) of an appropriate rating for the power draw at full load, and a residual current circuit breaker.
Current flowing to earth varies on the size of the UPS, therefore installation engineers install a residential current circuit breaker of an appropriate rating upstream of the UPS using a selective model (not sensitive to transitory currents).
Potential dispersion of current from utilities downstream of the UPS should be added to that discharged from the UPS, and it should also be noted that current peaks are also reached, albeit very briefly, during transitory phases. It is recommended to isolate the residual current circuit breaker by adding 30mA protection downstream of the UPS on power lines to utilities.
We also recommend checking first for any earth leakage current with an uninterruptible power supply installed and running at the final load to prevent any untimely tripping of the breakers.
If an external manual bypass is required, only the model supplied by the manufacturer must be installed.
See the relevant table for the data on the cable size and safety devices required.
For detailed information, see the installation and operating manual.
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION4.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 120 20/04/2010 12.33.07
121Delphys MP 60-200
DE
LPH
YS
MP
60
-200
kVA
Delphys MP5.1.
Installation parameters5.1.1.
Delphys MPModel MP Elite 60 MP Elite 80 MP Elite 100 MP Elite 120 MP Elite 160 MP Elite 200 Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3
Rated power (kVA) 60 80 100 120 160 200
Active power (kW) 48 64 80 96 128 160Rated/maximum rectifier input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
- / 86 - / 114 - / 142 - / 177 - / 228 - / 282
Rated/maximum bypass input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
74 / 92 100 /122 123/157 148 / 182 197 / 243 247 / 300
Inverter output current @230V (A)
87 116 145 173 231 289
Maximum air flow (m3/h) 2000 2400
Sound level (dBA) 65 67Dissipation at rated load (mini-mum mains power present and batte-ries charging)
W 3282 4376 5470 6564 8750 10940
kcal/h 2822 3763 4704 5644 7524 9407
BTU/h 11205 14940 19675 22414 29874 37351
Dimensions (with standard back-up time)
W (mm)
1000
D (mm) 845
H (mm) 1930
Weight (kg) 700 840 1000
Electrical characteristics5.1.2.
Electrical characteristics - Input
MP Elite
Rated mains supply voltage 380 / 400 / 415 (208 / 220 / 480 on request)
Voltage tolerance (ensuring battery recharge)
-12% +15% / ±15% / -15% +10%
Rated Frequency 50 / 60Hz
Frequency tolerance ± 5%
Power factor (input at full load and rated voltage)
0.99
Total harmonic distortion (THDi) <3%
Max inrush current at start-up Soft start at 50 A/sec (settable)
SPECIFICATIONS5.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 121 20/04/2010 12.33.08
122 Delphys MP 60-200122
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics - Bypass
MP Elite
Bypass frequency variation speed 2Hz/s settable
Bypass rated voltage Rated output voltage ±10% (settable)
Bypass rated frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz
Bypass frequency tolerance ±2Hz (settable)
Electrical characteristics -Inverter
MP Elite
Rated output voltage (selectable) 380 / 400 / 415V (1)
Output voltage toleranceStatic: ±1%
Dynamic: (0-100% Pn) -4% +2%
Rated output frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz
Output frequency tolerance ±0.2% on mains power failure
Load crest factor 3:1
Voltage harmonic distortion< 2% on linear load
< 4% on distorting load (Ph/N)
Overload tolerated by the inverter (with mains power present)
125% x 10min 150% x 1min
Electrical characteristics -Efficiency
MP Elite
Double conversion efficiency (normal mode) 93.5% @ full load
Efficiency in Eco Mode 98%
Electrical characteristics -Environment
MP Elite
Storage temperatures -20 +70°C (-4-158 °F) (15-25°C for best battery life)
Working temperature 0 +35°C (32-95 °F) (15-25°C for best battery life)
Maximum relative humidity (non-condensing) 95%
Maximum altitude without derating 1,000 m (3,300 ft)
Degree of protection IP20 (up to IP52 optional)
Portability EN 60068-2
Colour: RAL 9006 Grey Toyo,
(1) other voltages on request
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 122 20/04/2010 12.33.08
123Delphys MP 60-200
DE
LPH
YS
MP
60
-200
kVA
SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended protection devices5.1.3.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Rectifier (2)
Model MP Elite 60 MP Elite 80 MP Elite 100 MP Elite 120 MP Elite 160 MP Elite 200 Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3D curve circuit breaker(1)
(A)100 125 160 200 250 400
GG fuse (A) 100 125 160 200 250 400
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - General bypass(2)
Model MP Elite 60 MP Elite 80 MP Elite 100 MP Elite 120 MP Elite 160 MP Elite 200
Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum I2t supported by the bypass (A2s)
160000 160000 250000 250000 640000 640000
Icc max (A) 4000 4000 5000 5000 8000 8000D curve circuit breaker(1) (A)
125 160 200 250 400 400
GG fuse(1) (A) 125 160 200 250 400 400
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Input residual current circuit breaker(3)
Model MP Elite 60 MP Elite 80 MP Elite 100 MP Elite 120 MP Elite 160 MP Elite 200
Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Input residual current circuit breaker 0.5 A
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Output(4)
Model MP Elite 60 MP Elite 80 MP Elite 100 MP Elite 120 MP Elite 160 MP Elite 200
Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum inverter I2t at 100 ms (short-circuit in battery mode) (A2s)
24000 24000 38000 38000 112000 112000
C curve circuit breaker(1)
(A)40 40 50 50 100 100
High-speed fuse(4) (A) 80 80 125 125 250 250
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Terminals and cable section
Model MP Elite 60 MP Elite 80 MP Elite 100 MP Elite 120 MP Elite 160 MP Elite 200 Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Rectifier terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
Copper bar 63 x 4 mm (2x120 mm)
Bypass terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
Copper bar 63 x 4 mm (2x120 mm)
Battery terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
Copper bar 40 x 5 mm (2x240 mm)
Output terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
Copper bar 63 x 4 mm (2x120 mm)
(1) For parallel topologies, cables must be selected 1.5 times larger than the recommended size.
(2) Rectifier protection alone should only be considered in the event of separate inputs; if the bypass and rectifier inputs are combined, the general input protection rating (bypass + rectifier) must reflect the recommended bypass or general protection rating.
(3) must be selective with residual current circuit breakers downstream of the UPS connected to the UPS output. If the bypass network is separate from the rectifier circuit, or in the event of parallel UPS, use a single residual current circuit breaker upstream of the UPS.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 123 20/04/2010 12.33.08
124 Delphys MP 60-200
OVERVIEW6.1.
The construction of the equipment and choice of materials and components comply with all current laws, decrees, directives and standards currently in force.
In particular, the equipment is fully compliant with all European Directives concerning CE marking.
2006/95/EC Council Directive 2006/95/EC, dated 16 February 2007, on the reconciliation of legislation within Member States regarding electrical material for use within specific voltage ranges.
2004/108/EC On the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility
STANDARDS6.2.
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY6.2.1.
Electromagnetic Compatibility Provisions (EMC)EN 62040-2. Electromagnetic compatibility (class C3 standard - C2 optional)EN 61000-2-2 Compatibility levels for low-frequency conducted disturbances and signalling in public low-voltage power supply
systemsEN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic discharge immunity test,EN 61000-4-3 Radiated radio-frequency electromagnetic field immunity test,EN 61000-4-4 Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test,EN 61000-4-5 Surge immunity test,EN 61000-4-6 Immunity to conducted disturbances, induced by radio-frequency fields.EN 55011 class A Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of industrial, scientific and medical (ISM)
radio-frequency equipment.
SAFETY STANDARDS6.2.2.
General and safety requirements for UPS used in operator access areasEN 60950-1-2 General and safety requirements for equipment used in operator access areasEN 62040-1-2 Part 1-2: General and safety requirements for UPS used in restricted access locationsEN 60439-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - Part 1: Type-tested and partially type-tested assemblies,EN 50272-2 Safety requirements for secondary batteries and battery installationsEN 60896-1 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Vented typesEN 60896-2 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Valve-regulated typesEN 60146 Semiconductor convertors
EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
TYPE AND PERFORMANCE6.2.3.
Performance requirements and methods of test
EN 62040-3 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS). Methods of specifying the performance and test requirements
SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES6.3.
Once installed in a system, the UPS will not alter the neutral conditions; this is because the neutral input terminal "N" is connected directly to output terminal "N1" inside the equipment. If the neutral condition of the system downstream of the UPS needs to be modified, it will be necessary to install the IP version or to use the isolation transformer option.
The regulations refer to the unit (UPS) and the manufacturer is therefore obliged to comply with them. The UPS engineer adhere's to current legislation on installation for the specific electrical system (e.g. EN 60364).
Reference standards and directives6.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 124 20/04/2010 12.33.08
DELPHYS MX F r o m 2 5 0 t o 9 0 0 k V A
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 125 20/04/2010 12.33.08
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 126 20/04/2010 12.33.09
127Delphys MX 250-900
DE
LPH
YS
MX
25
0-90
0 kV
A
1. ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291.1. Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
2. FLEXIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302.1. Power ratings from 250 to 900 kVA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302.2. Flexible back-up time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302.3. Parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
3. ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1313.1. Communication interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1313.2. Hardware Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
4. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
5. SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1335.1. Delphys MX Elite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
5.1.1. Installation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1335.1.2. Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1335.1.3. Recommended protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
6. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1366.1. OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1366.2. STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
6.2.1. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1366.2.2. SAFETY STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1366.2.3. TYPE AND PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
6.3. SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
INDEX
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 127 20/04/2010 12.33.09
128 Delphys MX 250-900128
PURPOSE
The aim of these specifications is to provide:
The information required to choose the right uninterruptible power supply for a specific application.•
The information required to prepare the system and installation site•
The specifications are intended for:
Installation engineers•
Design engineers •
Engineering consultants•
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 128 20/04/2010 12.33.09
129Delphys MX 250-900
DE
LPH
YS
MX
25
0-90
0 kV
A
Range1.1.
DELPHYS MX Elite is the result of SOCOMEC UPS’s extensive experience in power supplies for sensitive systems. It integrates the latest and most powerful generation of Insulate Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBTs). The use of microprocessors increases the number of functions for more secure operation.
The implementation of cutting-edge technology such as Surface Mounted Technology (SMT) has reduced the number and size of the circuit boards. This reduction in the number of components enhances the reliability of DELPHYS MX Elite by increasing its resistance to electromagnetic disturbances.
Models
kVA 250 300 400 500 800 900
DELPHYS MX Elite 3/3 • • • • • •
Matrix table for model and kVA power rating
Each family has been specifically designed to meet the demands of loads in specific application contexts, in order to optimise the features of the product and to facilitate its integration within the system.
ARCHITECTURE1.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 129 20/04/2010 12.33.09
130 Delphys MX 250-900
FLEXIBILITY2.
Power ratings from 250 to 900 kVA 2.1.
DimensionsCabinet type Width (W) Depth (D) Height (H)
DELPHYS MX Elite 250-500 1600 mm 950 mm 1930 mm
DELPHYS MX Elite 800-900 3200 mm 995 mm 2210 mm
The equipment has been designed with a minimum direct and indirect footprint (the actual space occupied by the unit and the space required around it for maintenance, ventilation and access to the operating mechanisms and communication devices).
The careful design also provides easy access for maintenance and installation:
All of the control mechanisms and communication interfaces are located in the upper front part and can be accessed from the door.
The air inlet is at the front, with outflow to the rear only; this means other equipment or external battery enclosures can be placed alongside the UPS unit.
Flexible back-up time2.2.
Selection of the back-up time is flexible thanks to the wide range of DC bus voltages.
The batteries are organised into racks based on their relative sizes, so as to ensure a compact unit while still guaranteeing substantial back-up times.
To guarantee maximum back-up time availability and battery life, the DELPHYS MX Elite series includes Expert Battery System (EBS) battery charging management, with BHC battery monitoring available on request.
Parallel2.3.
DELPHYS MX Elite: consists of modular UPS units (rectifier, battery, inverter and bypass) connected in parallel (up to 6 UPS units). This solution, which is ideally suited for 1+1 redundancy, offers flexible power upgrading and enables stand-alone UPS units to be expanded, even if this was not planned in the original design of the system.
Each UPS unit has a built-in maintenance bypass.
It is possible to add an external maintenance bypass, common to all of the UPS units, for maintenance access. :
+
Stand-alone UPS Parallel UPS
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 130 20/04/2010 12.33.09
131Delphys MX 250-900
DE
LPH
YS
MX
25
0-90
0 kV
A
Communication interfaces3.1.
DELPHYS MX Elite can manage various different serial, contact and Ethernet communication channels at the same time:
The various cards and signalling accessories can be housed in the communication slots mounted as standard on all models. This provides DELPHYS MX elite UPS systems with a highly flexible interface for the purposes of integration at a later stage after instal-lation, also in terms of hot switching and with no need for specialist personnel.
Models
40x8
LC
D d
ispl
ay
GTS
gra
phic
dis
play
1-7 slots
Uni
Vis
ion
Pro
& J
NC
T.S
ervi
ce
EMD
com
bine
d w
ith
Net
Vis
ion
Rem
ote
mim
ic p
anel
Ser
ial 2
32/4
85
Dry
con
tact
car
d
Se
co
nd
S
eri
al
232/
AD
C
Mod
em
Net
Vis
ion
card
&
JNC
MX Elite ● ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
Hardware Equipment3.2.
Models
Sep
arat
e m
ains
Bui
lt-in
man
ual
bypa
ss
Exte
rnal
man
ual
bypa
ss
Inpu
t/ou
tput
Tr
ansf
orm
er
Insu
latio
n m
onito
-rin
g de
vice
Bat
tery
cha
rger
Aux
iliary
bat
tery
ch
arge
r
Bac
k fe
ed c
ontro
l sy
stem
Inte
grat
ed B
ack
feed
pro
tect
ion
IP52
BH
C
Red
unda
nt p
ower
su
pply
AC
S
Par
alle
l kit
MX Elite ● ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
ACCESSORIES3.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 131 20/04/2010 12.33.09
132 Delphys MX 250-900
Connection to the mains power supply and to the load(s) must be made using cables of suitable size, in accordance with current standards. If not already present, an electrical control station which can isolate the network upstream of the UPS must be installed. This electrical control station must be equipped with a circuit breaker (or two, if there is a separate bypass line) of an appropriate rating for the power draw at full load, and a residual current circuit breaker.
Current flowing to earth varies depending on the size of the UPS, therefore installation engineers must install a residential current circuit breaker of an appropriate rating upstream of the UPS using a selective model (not sensitive to transitory currents).
Potential dispersion of current from utilities downstream of the UPS should be added to that discharged from the UPS, and it should also be noted that current peaks are also reached, albeit very briefly, during transitory phases. It is recommended to isolate the residual current circuit breaker by adding 30mA protection downstream of the UPS on power lines to utilities.
We also recommend checking first for any earth leakage current with an uninterruptible power supply installed and running at the final load to prevent any untimely tripping of the breakers.
If an external manual bypass is required, only the model supplied by the manufacturer must be installed.
See the relevant table for the data on the cable size and safety devices required.
For detailed information, see the installation and operating manual.
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION4.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 132 20/04/2010 12.33.09
133Delphys MX 250-900
DE
LPH
YS
MX
25
0-90
0 kV
A
Delphys MX Elite5.1.
Installation parameters5.1.1.
Delphys DS
Model MX Elite 250
MX Elite 300
MX Elite 400
MX Elite 500
MX Elite 800
MX Elite 900
Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3
Rated power (kVA) 250 300 400 500 800 900
Active power (kW) 225 270 360 450 720 800Rated/maximum rectifier input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
550 / 605 633 / 690 822 / 880 864 / 950 1273/1547 1428/1611
Rated/maximum bypass input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
362 433 580 722 1155 1300
Inverter output current @400V (A)
361 433 577 722 1155 1300
Maximum air flow (m3/h) 6140 14600
Sound level (dB) 70 70 70 72 76Dissipation at rated load (mini-mum mains power present and batte-ries charging)
W 17200 20630 27300 34000 48000 53000
kcal/h 14800 17730 23250 29260 41310 45610
BTU/h 58730 70357 92262 116111 163928 180992
Dimensions (with standard back-up time)
W (mm) 1600 3200
D (mm) 950 995
H (mm) 1930 2210
Weight (kg) 2300 2650 3000 5500
Electrical characteristics5.1.2.
Electrical characteristics - Input
MX Elite MX 800-900
Rated mains supply voltage 380 / 400 / 415
Voltage tolerance (ensuring battery recharge)
342 to 456V 360 to 460V
Rated Frequency 50 / 60Hz
Frequency tolerance ±10%
Power factor (input at full load and rated voltage)
0,93 0.94
Total harmonic distortion (THDi) < 4.5% < 5%
Max inrush current at start-up Soft start at 50 A/sec
SPECIFICATIONS5.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 133 20/04/2010 12.33.09
134 Delphys MX 250-900134
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics - Bypass
MX Elite 250-500 MX Elite 800-900
Bypass frequency variation speed 2Hz/s settable
Bypass rated voltage Rated output voltage ±10%
Bypass rated frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz
Bypass frequency tolerance ±2Hz
Electrical characteristics -Inverter
MX Elite 250-500 MX Elite 800-900
Rated output voltage (selectable) 380 / 400 / 415V
Output voltage toleranceStatic: < 1%
Dynamic: (0-100% Pn) ±2%
Rated output frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz
Output frequency tolerance ±0.2% on mains power failure
Load crest factor 3:1
Voltage harmonic distortion< 2% on linear load
< 4% on distorting load (Ph/N)< 2% on linear load
< 3% on distorting load (Ph/N)
Overload tolerated by the inverter (with mains power present)
125% x 10min. 150% x 1min.
125% x 10min. 150% x 1min.
Electrical characteristics -Efficiency
MX Elite 250-500 MX Elite 800-900
Double conversion efficiency (normal mode) 93.5% at full load 93.5% at full load
Efficiency in Eco Mode 98%
Electrical characteristics -Environment
MX Elite 250-500 MX Elite 800 MX Elite 900
Storage temperatures -20 +70°C (-4-158 °F) (15-25°C for best battery life)
Working temperature 0 +35°C (32-95 °F) (15-25°C for best battery life)
0 +30°C (32-86 °F)
Maximum relative humidity (non-condensing) 95%
Maximum altitude without derating 1,000m (3,300 ft)
Degree of protection IP20 (up to IP52 optional)
Portability EN 60068-2
Colour: RAL 9006 Grey Toyo,
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 134 20/04/2010 12.33.09
135Delphys MX 250-900
DE
LPH
YS
MX
25
0-90
0 kV
A
SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended protection devices5.1.3.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Rectifier (2)
Model MX Elite 250
MX Elite 300
MX Elite 400
MX Elite 500
MX Elite 800
MX Elite 900
Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3D curve circuit breaker(1)
(A)630 630 860 1000 1600 1600
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - General bypass(2)
Model MX Elite 250
MX Elite 300
MX Elite 400
MX Elite 500
MX Elite 800
MX Elite 900
Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum I2t supported by the bypass (A2s)
2.250.000 5.120.000
Icc max (A) 10.600D curve circuit breaker(1) (A)
630 630 800 800 1250 1600
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Input residual current circuit breaker(3)
Model MX Elite 250
MX Elite 300
MX Elite 400
MX Elite 500
MX Elite 800
MX Elite 900
Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Input residual current circuit breaker
300 mA
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Output3)
Model MX Elite 250
MX Elite 300
MX Elite 400
MX Elite 500
MX Elite 800
MX Elite 900
Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum inverter I2t at 100 ms (short-circuit in battery mode) (A2s)
256.000 256.000 400.000 841.000 1.600.000
C curve circuit breaker(4)
(A)160 160 200 250 400
High-speed fuse(4) (A) 400 400 500 700 800
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Terminals and cable section
Model MX Elite 250
MX Elite 300
MX Elite 400
MX Elite 500
MX Elite 800
MX Elite 900
Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Rectifier terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
Copper bar (3x300 mm2)
Bypass terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
Copper bar (3x300 mm2)
Battery terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
Copper bar (3x300 mm2)
Output terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
Copper bar (3x300 mm2)
(1) For parallel topologies, cables must be selected 1.5 times larger than the recommended size.
(2) Rectifier protection alone should only be considered in the event of separate inputs; if the bypass and rectifier inputs are combined, the general input protection rating (bypass + rectifier) must reflect the recommended bypass or general protection rating.
(3) must be selective with residual current circuit breakers downstream of the UPS connected to the UPS output. If the bypass network is separate from the rectifier circuit, or in the event of parallel UPS, use a single residual current circuit breaker upstream of the UPS.
(4) Selectivity of distribution after the UPS with inverter short-circuit current (short-circuit in battery mode). The rating of the protection can be increased by "n" times for series-parallel machines, with "n" equal to the number of parallel machines.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 135 20/04/2010 12.33.09
136 Delphys MX 250-900
OVERVIEW6.1.
The construction of the equipment and choice of materials and components comply with all current laws, decrees, directives and standards currently in force.
In particular, the equipment is fully compliant with all European Directives concerning CE marking.
2006/95/EC Council Directive 2006/95/EC, dated 16 February 2007, on the reconciliation of legislation within Member States regarding electrical material for use within specific voltage ranges.
2004/108/EC Council Directive 2004/108/EEC, dated 15 December 2004, on the harmonisation of legislation within Member States regarding electromagnetic compatibility, in abrogation of directive 89/336/EEC.
STANDARDS6.2.
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY6.2.1.
Electromagnetic Compatibility Provisions (EMC)EN 62040-2. Electromagnetic compatibility (class C3 standard - C2 optional)EN 61000-2-2 Compatibility levels for low-frequency conducted disturbances and signalling in public low-voltage power supply
systemsEN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic discharge immunity test,EN 61000-4-3 Radiated radio-frequency electromagnetic field immunity test,EN 61000-4-4 Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test,EN 61000-4-5 Surge immunity test,EN 61000-4-6 Immunity to conducted disturbances, induced by radio-frequency fields.EN 55011 class A Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of industrial, scientific and medical (ISM)
radio-frequency equipment.
SAFETY STANDARDS6.2.2.
General and safety requirements for UPS used in operator access areasEN 60950-1-2 General and safety requirements for equipment used in operator access areasEN 62040-1-2 Part 1-2: General and safety requirements for UPS used in restricted access locationsEN 60439-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - Part 1: Type-tested and partially type-tested assemblies,EN 50272-2 Safety requirements for secondary batteries and battery installationsEN 60896-1 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Vented typesEN 60896-2 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Valve-regulated typesEN 60146 Semiconductor convertors
EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
TYPE AND PERFORMANCE6.2.3.
Performance requirements and methods of test
EN 62040-3 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS). Methods of specifying the performance and test requirements
SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES6.3.
Once installed in a system, the UPS will not alter the neutral conditions; this is because the neutral input terminal "N" is connected directly to output terminal "N1" inside the equipment. If the neutral condition of the system downstream of the UPS needs modifica-tion, it will be necessary to install the IP version or to use the isolation transformer option.
The regulations refer to the unit (UPS) to which the manufacturer must comply with The UPS engineer adhere's to current legislation for the specific electrical system (e.g. EN 60364).
Reference standards and directives6.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 136 20/04/2010 12.33.09
CPSS EMergencyF r o m 3 t o 2 0 0 k V A
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 137 20/04/2010 12.33.09
138 Emergency 8-200
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 138 20/04/2010 12.33.11
139Emergency 8-200
EM
ER
GE
NC
Y
8-20
0 kV
A
INDEX
1. ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1411.1. Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
2. FLEXIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1422.1. Power ratings from 3 to 200kVA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3. ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433.1. Communication interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433.2. Hardware equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
4. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
5. SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455.1. Modulys EL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
5.1.1. Installation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455.1.2. Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455.1.3. Recommended protections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
5.2. Masterys GREEEN POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1485.2.1. Installation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1485.2.2. Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1485.2.3. Recommended protections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
5.3. Delpys EL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1515.3.1. Installation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1515.3.2. Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1515.3.3. Recommended protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
6. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1546.1. OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1546.2. STandards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
6.2.1. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1546.2.2. SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1546.2.3. TYPE AND PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
6.3. SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 139 20/04/2010 12.33.11
140 Emergency 8-200
PURPOSE
The aim of these specifications is to provide:
The information required to choose the right uninterruptible power supply for a specific application.•
The information required to prepare the system and installation site•
The specifications are intended for:
Installation engineers•
Design engineers •
Engineering consultants•
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 140 20/04/2010 12.33.11
141Emergency 8-200
EM
ER
GE
NC
Y
8-20
0 kV
A
Range1.1.
CPSS is a wide range of high performance UPS units designed to protect critical and sensitive equipment in “EMERGENCY LIGHTING” applications.
Models
3 4.5 6 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 160 200
EL Modulys 1/1 • • •
EL Masterys 3/1 • • •
EL Masterys 3/3 • • • • • • •
EL Delpys 3/3 • • • •
Matrix table for model and kVA power rating
Each range has been specifically designed to meet the demands of loads in specific application contexts, in order to optimise the features of the product and to facilitate its integration within the system.
ARCHITECTURE1.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 141 20/04/2010 12.33.11
142 Emergency 8-200
Power ratings from 3 to 200kVA 2.1.
The entire range (3 models with 17 basic products) are compatible with 3 cabinets.
The UPS’s power and autonomy thus translates into the height of the cabinet itself:
FLEXIBILITY2.
444
795
1.40
0
DimensionsCabinet type Width (W) Depth (D) Height (H)
M 444mm 795mm 1000mm
T 444mm 795mm 1400mm
X 1000mm 810mm 1930mm
The equipment has been designed with a minimum direct and indirect footprint (the actual space occupied by the unit and the space required around it for maintenance, ventilation and access to the operating mechanisms and communication devices).
The careful design also provides easy access for maintenance and installation.
All of the control mechanisms and communication interfaces are located in the upper front part and can be accessed from the metal door.
The air inlet is at the front, with outflow from the top/rear only; this means other equipment or external battery enclosures can be placed alongside the UPS unit.
444
795
1.00
0
M
T X
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 142 20/04/2010 12.33.11
143Emergency 8-200
EM
ER
GE
NC
Y
8-20
0 kV
A
Communication interfaces3.1.
The MASTERYS™ can manage various serial, contact and Ethernet communication channels at the same time:
The various cards and signaling accessories can be housed in the 2 communication slots mounted as standard on all models. This provides MASTERYS™ a highly flexible interface for the purposes of integration at a later stage after installation, also in terms of hot switching and with no need for specialist personnel.
Models
Gra
phic
dis
play
LCD
2 x
16
char
acte
rs
Ser
ial 2
32 /
485
Se
co
nd
Se
ria
l 2
32
/m
odem
LAN
Slot 1 / Slot 2
Uni
Vis
ion
Pro
& J
NC
T.S
ervi
ce
EMD
(c
ombi
ned
with
Net
Visi
on)
Rem
ote
mim
ic p
anel
AD
C
GS
S
Net
Vis
ion
car
d &
JN
C
Modulys EL 3 - 6 - ● ● - - - - ○(1) ○ ○ ○ ○
Masterys EL 10 - 20 ● - ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○Masterys EL 10 - 80 ● - ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Delphis MP EL 100-200 ● - ● ● - ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
1: external box version only.
Hardware equipment3.2.
Models
Sep
arat
e m
ains
Inte
rnal
man
ual
bypa
ss
Exte
rnal
man
ual
bypa
ss
Inpu
t/ou
tput
Tr
ansf
orm
er
Insu
latio
n m
onito
-rin
g de
vice
Bac
kfee
d co
ntro
l sy
stem
Bat
tery
cha
rger
Add
ition
al b
atte
ry
char
ger
Inte
rnal
Bat
terie
s
Exte
rnal
bat
tery
ca
bine
t
IP21
Modulys EL 3 - 6 ○ - ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● - -
Masterys EL 10 - 20 ● ● ○ ○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○Masterys EL 10 - 80 ● ● ○ ○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○Delphis MP EL 100-200 ● ● ○ ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ●1
• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
1: IP 31 on demand.
ACCESSORIES3.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 143 20/04/2010 12.33.12
144 Emergency 8-200
Connection to the mains power supply and to the load(s) must be made using cables of suitable size, in accordance with current standards. If not already present, an electrical control station which can isolate the network upstream of the UPS must be installed. This electrical control station must be equipped with a circuit breaker (or two, if there is a separate bypass line) of an appropriate rating for the power draw at full load, and a residual current circuit breaker.
Current flowing to earth varies depending on the size of the UPS, hence installation engineers must install a residential current circuit breaker of an appropriate rating upstream of the UPS using a selective model (not sensitive to transitory currents).
Potential dispersion of current from utilities downstream of the UPS should be added to that discharged from the UPS, and it should also be noted that current peaks are also reached, albeit very briefly, during transitory phases. It is recommended to isolate the residual current circuit breaker by adding 30mA protection downstream of the UPS on power lines to utilities.
We also recommend checking first for any earth leakage current with an uninterruptible power supply installed and running at the final load to prevent any untimely tripping of the breakers.
If an external manual bypass is required, only the model supplied by the manufacturer must be installed.
See the relevant table for the data on the cable size and safety devices required.
We recommend fitting two metres of unanchored flexible cable between the UPS output terminals and the cable anchor (wall or cabinet). This makes it possible to move and service the UPS.
For detailed information, see the installation and operating manual.
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION4.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 144 20/04/2010 12.33.12
145Emergency 8-200
EM
ER
GE
NC
Y
8-20
0 kV
A
Modulys EL5.1.
Installation parameters5.1.1.
Modulys ELModel EL 3 EL 4.5 EL 6Phase in/out 1/1 1/1 1/1Rated power (kVA) 3 4.5 6Active power (kW) 2.1 3.15 4.2Rated/maximum rectifier input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
13/17 20/25 26/33
Rated/maximum bypass input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
15/17 22/25 28/33
Inverter output current @230 V (A)
14 21 26
Minimum air flow (m3/h) 180
Sound level (dB) 52Dissipation at rated load (mini-mum mains power present and batte-ries charging)
W 300 450 600
kcal/h 258 387 516
BTU/h 1 023 1 535 2 047
Dimensions (with standard back-up time)
W (mm)
444
D (mm) 795
H (mm) 1000Weight [kg] without batteries
240 330 340
(1) In the case of single-phase distorting loads downstream of the UPS, when the bypass is in operation the neutral current can be 1.5-2 times higher than the phase current; this is due to the harmonic current distortion produced by the load itself, which is no longer corrected by the UPS rectifier as occurs in normal operation.
Electrical characteristics5.1.2.
Electrical characteristics - Input
EL 3-6 kVA
Rated mains supply voltage 230V
Voltage tolerance (ensuring battery recharge)
±20% Up to -30% to 70% of rated power
Rated Frequency 50 / 60Hz selectable
Frequency tolerance ±10%
Power factor (input at full load and rated voltage)
≥ 0.98
Total harmonic distortion (THDi) < 7 % (fino alla 50a harmonic)
Max inrush current at start-up < In
SPECIFICATIONS5.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 145 20/04/2010 12.33.12
146 Emergency 8-200146
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics - Bypass
EL 3-6kVA
Bypass frequency variation speed 1Hz/s - 3Hz/s
Bypass rated voltage Nominal output voltage ± 15
Bypass rated frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz selectable
Bypass frequency tolerance ±2% from ±1% to ±8% (operation with generator unit)
Electrical characteristics -Inverter
EL 3-6kVA
Rated output voltage (selectable) 208(1) / 230V +N
Output voltage tolerance Static: ±3% Dynamic: VF-SS-111 (EN62040-3) compliant
Rated output frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz selectable
Output frequency tolerance ±0.01% on mains power failure
Load crest factor 3:1
Voltage harmonic distortion 1% on linear load < 7% on distorting load (EN 62040-3)
Overload tolerated by the inverter (with mains power present)
110% x 5min 130% x 5sec
Electrical characteristics -Efficiency
EL 3-6kVA
Double conversion efficiency (normal mode) (*) 90% with nominal load
Efficiency in Eco Mode 92%
Electrical characteristics -Environment
EL 3-6kVA
Storage temperatures -5 +50°C (23-122°F) (15-25°C for better battery life)
Working temperature 0 +40°C (32-104°F) (15-25°C for better battery life)
Maximum relative humidity (non-condensing) 95%
Maximum altitude without derating 1,000m (3,300 ft)
Degree of protection IP21
Portability EN 60068-2
Colour: RAL 7012, plastic front panels: metallic grey
(1) with 70% of rated power
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 146 20/04/2010 12.33.12
147Emergency 8-200
EM
ER
GE
NC
Y
8-20
0 kV
A
SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended protections5.1.3.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION - Rectifier
Model EL 3 EL 4.5 EL 6Phase in/out 1/1 1/1 1/1C curve circuit breaker (A)
20 32 32
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION - General bypass
Model EL 3 EL 4.5 EL 6Phase in/out 1/1 1/1 1/1C curve circuit breaker (A)
20 32 32
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION - Input residual current circuit breaker
Model EL 3 EL 4.5 EL 6Phase in/out 1/1 1/1 1/1Input residual current circuit breaker 100mA Selective
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION - Terminals and cable section
Model EL 3 EL 4.5 EL 6Phase in/out 1/1 1/1 1/1Rectifier terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
4mm 2 4mm 2 4mm 2
Bypass terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
4mm 2 4mm 2 4mm 2
Output terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
4mm 2 4mm 2 4mm 2
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 147 20/04/2010 12.33.12
148 Emergency 8-200148
SPECIFICATIONS
Masterys GREEEN POWER5.2.
Installation parameters5.2.1.
MASTERYS EL
Model GP10 GP15 GP20 GP10 GP15 GP20 GP30 GP40 60 80Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Rated power (kVA) 10 15 20 10 15 20 30 40 60 80
Active power (kW) 9 13.5 18 9 13.5 18 27 36 48 64Rated/maximum rectifier input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
14/17(1) 21/25(1) 28/34(1) 14/17( 21/25 28/34 42/50 56/67 77/142 102/190
Rated/maximum bypass input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
43/50(1) 65/75(1)87/
100(1)15/17(1) 22/25(2) 29/34(2) 43/50(2) 58/67(2) 87/152(2) 116/
203(2)
Inverter output current @230V (A)
44 65 87 15 22 29 43 58 87 116
Maximum air flow (m3/h) 360 460 1330
Sound level (dB) 52 55 62Dissipation at rated load (mini-mum mains power present and batte-ries charging)
W 680 1080 1370 680 1080 1370 2030 2740 4500 6000
kcal/h 585 929 1286 585 929 1286 1763 2356 3870 5160
BTU/h 2320 3515 4675 2320 3515 4675 7000 9320 15360 20478
Dimensions (with standard back-up time)
W (mm)
444
D (mm) 795
H (mm) 800 1000 800 1000 1400
Weight (kg) 190 195 240 190 195 240 315 415200
(without batteries)
210 (without batteries)
(1) Input current in bypass mode is single-phase. Consequently, the rated current of the neutral and of the phase common to the bypass is three times higher than the current drawn during normal operation by the rectifier.
(2) In the case of single-phase distorting loads downstream of the UPS, when the bypass is in operation the neutral current can be 1.5-2 times higher than the phase current; this is due to the harmonic current distortion produced by the load itself, which is no longer corrected by the UPS rectifier as occurs in normal operation.
Electrical characteristics5.2.2.
Electrical characteristics - Input
Model EL 10-40kVA 60-80kVA
Rated mains supply voltage 3x 400V+N 3x 400V+N
Voltage tolerance (ensuring battery recharge)
+20% -15% Up to -40% to 50% of rated
power
±20% Up to -40% to 50% of rated
power
Rated Frequency 50 / 60Hz selectable
Frequency tolerance ± 10%
Power factor (input at full load and rated voltage)
≥0.99
Total harmonic distortion (THDi)
< 3% (fino alla 50a harmonic) models 3/3
< 10% (fino alla 50a harmonic) models 3/1
< 3%
Max inrush current at start-up <In (nessuna sovracorrente)
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 148 20/04/2010 12.33.12
149Emergency 8-200
EM
ER
GE
NC
Y
8-20
0 kV
A
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics - Bypass
Model EL 10-40kVA 60-80kVA
Bypass frequency variation speed 1Hz/s - 3Hz/s
Bypass rated voltage Nominal output voltage ± 15
Bypass rated frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz selectable
Bypass frequency tolerance±2%
from ±1% to ±8% (operation with generator unit)
Electrical characteristics -Inverter
Model EL 10-40kVA 60-80kVA
Rated output voltage (selectable)
208(1) / 220 / 230 / 240V (models 3/1)
3x 380 / 400 / 415V +N (models 3/3)
3x 380 / 400 / 415V +N
Output voltage toleranceStatic: ±1%
Dynamic: VF-SS-111 (EN62040-3) compliant
Rated output frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz selectable
Output frequency tolerance ±0.01% on mains power failure
Load crest factor 3:1
Voltage harmonic distortion1% on linear load
< 6% on distorting load (EN 62040-3)
Overload tolerated by the inverter (with mains power present)
10min 125%
1min 150%
Electrical characteristics -Efficiency
Model EL 10-40kVA 60-80kVA
Double conversion efficiency (normal mode) (*)
@ full load 94.5% 92%
Efficiency in Eco Mode 97% 98%
Electrical characteristics -Environment
Model EL 10-40kVA 60-80kVA
Storage temperatures -5 +50°C (23-122°F) (15-25°C for better battery life)
Working temperature 0 +40°C (32-104°F) (15-25°C for better battery life)
Maximum relative humidity (non-condensing) 95%
Maximum altitude without derating 1,000m (3,300 ft)
Degree of protection IP 20 (IP 21 optional)
Portability EN 60068-2
Colour: RAL 7012, plastic front panels: metallic grey
(1) at 208V Pout= 90% Pnom
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 149 20/04/2010 12.33.12
150 Emergency 8-200150
SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended protections 5.2.3.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Rectifier(2)
Model EL 10 15 20 10 15 20 30 40 60 80Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3D curve circuit breaker(1) (A) 32 32 40 32 32 40 63 80 125 160
GG fuse (A) 32 32 40 32 32 40 63 80 125 160
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - General bypass(2)
Model EL 10 15 20 10 15 20 30 40 60 80Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum I2t supported by the bypass (A2s)
80000 8000 15000 80000 125000
Icc max (A) 4000 1200 1700 4000 5000
D curve circuit breaker(1) (A) 100 100 125 32 32 40 63 80 125 160
GG fuse(1) (A) 100 100 125 32 32 40 63 80 125 160
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Input residual current circuit breaker(3)
Model EL 10 15 20 10 15 20 30 40 60 80Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Input residual current circuit breaker > 0.5A Selective
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Output(4)
Model EL 10 15 20 10 15 20 30 40 60 80Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum inverter I2t at 100 ms (short-circuit in battery mode) (A2s)
1161 2547 4500 129 283 500 1133 1994 4330 7670
C curve circuit breaker(4) (A) ≤ 12 ≤ 16 ≤ 20 ≤ 4 ≤ 4 ≤ 6 ≤ 10 ≤ 13 < 20 < 25
B curve circuit breaker(4) (A) ≤ 20 ≤ 32 ≤ 40 ≤ 8 ≤ 8 ≤ 12 ≤ 20 ≤ 25
High-speed fuse(4) (A) ≤ 18 ≤ 18 ≤ 24 ≤ 6 ≤ 6 ≤ 10 ≤ 12 ≤ 16 < 32 < 40
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Terminals and cable section
Model EL 10 15 20 10 15 20 30 40 60 80Phase in/out 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Rectifier terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD35 (50mm2)
Bypass terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
2xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD35 (50mm2)
Battery terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD70 (95mm2)
Output terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
2xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD25 (35mm2) 4xCBD35 (50mm2)
(1) Cables must be selected 1.2 times larger than the recommended size for parallel topologies.
(2) Rectifier protection alone should only be considered in the event of separate inputs; if the bypass and rectifier inputs are combined, the general input protection rating (bypass + rectifier) must reflect the recommended bypass or general protection rating.
(3) Must be selective with residual current circuit breakers downstream of the UPS connected to the UPS output. If the bypass network is separate from the rectifier circuit, or in the event of parallel UPS, use a single residual current circuit breaker upstream of the UPS.
(4) Selectivity of distribution after the UPS with inverter short-circuit current (short-circuit in battery mode). The rating of the protection can be increased by "n" times for series-parallel machines, with "n" equal to the number of parallel machines.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 150 20/04/2010 12.33.12
151Emergency 8-200
EM
ER
GE
NC
Y
8-20
0 kV
A
SPECIFICATIONS
Delpys EL 5.3.
Installation parameters5.3.1.
Delpys ELModel EL100 EL120 EL160 EL200Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Rated power (kVA) 100 120 160 200
Active power (kW) 80 96 128 160Rated/maximum recti-fier input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
- / 142 - / 177 - / 228 - / 282
Rated/maximum bypass input current (EN 62040-3) (A)
145 173 231 289
Inverter output current @400V (A)
145 173 231 289
Maximum air flow (m3/h) 2000 2400
Sound level (dB) 68Dissipation at rated load (mini-mum mains power present and batte-ries charging)
W 7719 9123 12332 15140
kcal/h 6637 7844 10603 13017
BTU/h 26339 31129 42078 51658
Dimensions (with standard back-up time)
W (mm)
1000
D (mm) 845
H (mm) 1930
Weight (kg) 840 1000
(1) Input current in bypass mode is single-phase. Consequently, the rated current of the neutral and of the phase common to the bypass is three times higher than the current drawn during normal operation by the rectifier.
(2) In the case of single-phase distorting loads downstream of the UPS, when the bypass is in operation the neutral current can be 1.5-2 times higher than the phase current; this is due to the harmonic current distortion produced by the load itself, which is no longer corrected by the UPS rectifier as occurs in normal operation.
Electrical characteristics5.3.2.
Electrical characteristics - Input
EL 100-200kVA
Rated mains supply voltage 380 / 400 / 415 (208 / 220 / 480 on request)
Voltage tolerance (ensuring battery recharge)
±15% / ±15% / ±10%
Rated Frequency 50 / 60Hz
Frequency tolerance ± 5%
Power factor (input at full load and rated voltage)
0.99
Total harmonic distortion (THDi) <3%
Max inrush current at start-up Soft start at 50 A/sec
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 151 20/04/2010 12.33.12
152 Emergency 8-200152
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics - Bypass
EL 100-200kVA
Bypass frequency variation speed 2Hz/s settable
Bypass rated voltage Rated output voltage ±10%
Bypass rated frequency (selectable) 50 / 60Hz
Bypass frequency tolerance ±2 Hz
Electrical characteristics -Inverter
EL 100-200 kVA
Rated output voltage (selectable) 380/400/415 V (1)
Output voltage toleranceStatic: <1%
Dynamic: (0-100% Pn) -4% +2%
Rated output frequency (selectable) 50/60Hz
Output frequency tolerance ±0.2% on mains power failure
Load crest factor 3:1
Voltage harmonic distortion< 2% on linear load
< 4% on distorting load (Ph/N)
Overload tolerated by the inverter (with mains power present)
125% x 10min 150% x 1min
Electrical characteristics -Efficiency
EL 100-200kVA
Double conversion efficiency (normal mode) 93.5% at full load
Efficiency in Eco-Mode 98%
Electrical characteristics -Environment
EL 100-200kVA
Storage temperatures -20 +70°C (-4-158°F) (15-25°C for best battery life)
Working temperature 0 +35°C (-32-95°F) (15-25°C for best battery life)
Maximum relative humidity (non-condensing) 95%
Maximum altitude without derating 1,000m (3,300ft)
Degree of protection IP20 (up to IP52 optional)
Portability EN 60068-2
Colour: RAL 9006 Grey Toyo,
(1) other voltages on request
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 152 20/04/2010 12.33.12
153Emergency 8-200
EM
ER
GE
NC
Y
8-20
0 kV
A
SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended protection devices5.3.3.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Rectifier(2)
Model EL 100 EL 120 EL 160 EL 200 Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3D curve circuit breaker(1) (A) 160 200 250 400
GG fuse (A) 160 200 250 400
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - General bypass(2)
Model EL 100 EL 120 EL 160 EL 200 Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum I2t supported by the bypass (A2s)
250000 250000 640000 640000
Icc max (A) 5000 5000 8000 8000
D curve circuit breaker(1) (A) 200 250 400 400
GG fuse(1) (A) 200 250 400 400
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Input residual current circuit breaker(3)
Model EL 100 EL 120 EL 160 EL 200 Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Input residual current circuit breaker > 0.5 A
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Output
Model EL 100 EL 120 EL 160 EL 200 Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Maximum inverter I2t at 100 ms (short-circuit in battery mode) (A2s)
38000 38000 112000 112000
C curve circuit breaker(4) (A) 50 50 100 100
High-speed fuse(4) (A) 125 125 250 250
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Terminals and cable section
Model EL 100 EL 120 EL 160 EL 200 Phase in/out 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Rectifier terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
Copper bar 63 x 4mm (2 x 120mm)
Bypass terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
Copper bar 63 x 4mm (2 x 120mm)
Battery terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
Copper bar 40 x 5mm (2 x 240mm)
Output terminals (maxi-mum cable section)
Copper bar 63 x 4mm (2 x 120mm)
(1) Cables must be selected 1.2 times larger than the recommended size for parallel topologies.
(2) Rectifier protection alone should only be considered in the event of separate inputs; if the bypass and rectifier inputs are combined, the general input protection rating (bypass + rectifier) must reflect the recommended bypass or general protection rating.
(3) Must be selective with residual current circuit breakers downstream of the UPS connected to the UPS output. If the bypass network is separate from the rectifier circuit, or in the event of parallel UPS, use a single residual current circuit breaker upstream of the UPS.
(4) Selectivity of distribution after the UPS with inverter short-circuit current (short-circuit in battery mode). The rating of the protection can be increased by "n" times for series-parallel machines, with "n" equal to the number of parallel machines.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 153 20/04/2010 12.33.13
154 Emergency 8-200
Reference standards and directives6.
OVERVIEW6.1.
The construction of the equipment and choice of materials and components comply with all laws, decrees, directives and standards currently in force.
In particular, the equipment is fully compliant with all European Directives concerning CE marking.
2006/95/EC
Council Directive 2006/95/EC, dated 16 February 2007, on the reconciliation of legislation within Member States regarding electrical material for use within specific voltage ranges.
2004/108/EC
On the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility
STANDARDS6.2.
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY6.2.1.
“Electromagnetic Compatibility Provisions (EMC)”
EN 62040-2 (2nd ed.) Electromagnetic compatibility (Class A)
SAFETY6.2.2.
“General and safety requirements for UPS used in operator access areas”
EN 60950-1 General and safety requirements for equipment used in operator access areas
EN 62040-1-1 General and safety requirements for UPS used in restricted access locations (certified by TÜV SÜD)
EN 50272-2 Safety requirements for secondary batteries and battery installations
EN 60896-1 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Vented types
EN 60896-2 Stationary lead-acid batteries. General requirements and methods of test. Part 1: Valve-regulated types
EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
TYPE AND PERFORMANCE6.2.3.
“Performance requirements and methods of test”
EN 62040-3 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS). Methods of specifying the performance and test requirements
SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES6.3.
Once installed in a system, the UPS will not alter the neutral conditions; this is because the neutral input terminal "N" is connected directly to output terminal "N1" inside the equipment. If the neutral condition of the system downstream of the UPS needs to be modified, it will be necessary to install the IP version or to use the isolation transformer option.
The regulations refer to the unit (UPS) to which the manufacturer must comply with. The UPS engineer adhere's to current legislation for the specific electrical system (e.g. EN 60364).
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 154 20/04/2010 12.33.13
STATYSf r o m 3 2 t o 1 8 0 0 A
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 155 20/04/2010 12.33.13
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 156 20/04/2010 12.33.13
157STATYS 30-1800
STA
TY
S
32-1
800
A
1. ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1591.1. Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
2. FLEXIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1602.1. Currents from 32 to 1800 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1602.2. Neutral management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1602.3. Transformer Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
3. ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1613.1. Communication interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1613.2. Hardware equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
4. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
5. SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1635.1. STATYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
5.1.1. Installation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1635.1.2. Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
6. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1656.1. OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1656.2. STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
6.2.1. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1656.2.2. SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1656.2.3. TYPE AND PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
6.3. SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
INDEX
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 157 20/04/2010 12.33.13
158 STATYS 30-1800
PURPOSE
The aim of these specifications is to provide:
• The information required to choose the right uninterruptible power supply for a specific application.
• The information required to prepare the system and installation site
The specifications are intended for:
• Installation engineers
• Design engineers
• Engineering consultants
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 158 20/04/2010 12.33.13
159STATYS 30-1800
STA
TY
S
32-1
800
A
Range1.1.
Statys is a range of high performing UPS designed to protect critical and sensitive appliances applications in the IT, telecom and industrial fields, such as enterprise servers, storage systems, networking equipment, telecommunications systems, diagnostic/medical devices and industrial applications.
Electrical specifications - Output
1 phase 32 63
3 phase 63 100 200 300 400 600 800 1200 1500 1800
STATYS RACK • • • •
STATYS OEM • • • • • • • •
STATYS CABINET • • • • • • • •
Matrix table for model and A current rating
Each range has been specifically designed to meet the demands of loads in specific application contexts, in order to optimise the features of the product and to facilitate its integration within the system.
ARCHITECTURE1.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 159 20/04/2010 12.33.13
160 STATYS 30-1800
FLEXIBILITY2.
Currents from 32 to 1800 A 2.1.
Dimensions mmWidth (W) Depth (D) Height (H)
19 inch RACK 32-63 483 747* 89
19 inch RACK 63-100 483 648* 400
OEM chassis 200 400 586 765
OEM chassis 300-400 600 586 765
OEM chassis 600 800 586 765
OEM chassis 800-1800 Contact supplier Contact supplier Contact supplier
CABINET 200 500 600 1930
CABINET 300-400 700 600 1930
CABINET 600 900 600 1930
CABINET 800-1800 Contact supplier Contact supplier Contact supplier
*Depth does not include handles (+40 mm)
The equipment has been designed with a minimum direct and indirect footprint (the actual space occupied by the unit and the space required around it for maintenance, ventilation and access to the operating mechanisms and communication devices).
The careful design also provides easy access for maintenance and installation:
All of the control mechanisms and communication interfaces are located in the upper front part and can be accessed from the door.
The air inlet is at the front, with outflow to the rear only; this means other equipment or external battery enclosures can be placed alongside the UPS unit.
Neutral management2.2.
STATYS is well adapted to all electrical environments.
For single-phase units, STATYS is available in 2-pole switching.
For three-phase units, it is available in 3 or 4-poles switching.
STATYS has a short "make before break" neutral switching principle in order to keep the load reference and reduce the transfer time.
Transformer Management2.3.
In case of downstream transformer and asynchronous power, STATYS handles source switching which prevents untimely protection tripping, thanks to the ATSM system
Cabinet 19 inch RackOEM chassis
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 160 20/04/2010 12.33.14
161STATYS 30-1800
STA
TY
S
32-1
800
A
Communication interfaces3.1.
STATYS can manage various serial, contact and Ethernet communication channels at the same time:
The various cards and signalling accessories can be housed in the communication slots mounted as standard on all models. This provides STATYS a highly flexible interface for the purposes of integration at a later stage after installation, also in terms of hot switching and with no need for specialist personnel.
Models
LCD
Dis
play
AD
ICO
M
Ethe
rnet
TC
P-IP
em
bedd
ed
Slo
ts a
vaila
ble
Dry
con
tact
em
bedd
ed
ESD
em
bedd
ed
Ethernet TCP IPInterfaces on
slots
MO
DB
US
TC
P
SN
MP
HTM
L pa
ge
Mai
l on
alar
m
AD
C (d
ry
cont
act)
Ser
ial R
S48
5
STATYS Rack (basic) ● - ● 2(1) ● ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○
STATYS Rack (PACK) ● - ● 2(1) ● ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○STATYS OEM (basic) ● - ● 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○STATYS OEM (PACK) - ● ● 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○STATYS CABINET (basic) ● - ● 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○STATYS CABINET (PACK) - ● ● 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
(1) 1 for single phase racks
Hardware equipment3.2.
Models
Re
du
nd
an
t M
icro
co
ntro
ller
Re
du
nd
an
t p
ow
er
supp
ly
Dua
l red
unda
nt S
uppl
y
Com
plet
ely
inde
pend
ent
SC
R b
ranc
h
Red
unda
nt p
ower
sup
ply
on
each
SC
R c
ontro
l boa
rd
SC
R fa
ilure
det
ectio
n
Ex
tern
al
ba
ck
fee
d pr
otre
ctio
n co
ntro
l.
Re
du
nd
an
t c
oo
lin
g (fa
ilure
det
ectio
n)
Hot
Sw
ap
Do
ub
le m
ain
ten
an
ce
bypa
ss
Pro
tect
ion
clas
s P
C (2
)
Pro
tect
ion
clas
s C
B (3
)
STATYS Rack (basic) - ● - ● - ● ●(1) ● ● ● ● ○
STATYS Rack (PACK) ● - ● ● ● ● ●(1) ● ● ● ● ○STATYS OEM (basic) - ● - ● - ● ● ● - - ● -
STATYS OEM (PACK) ● - ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● -
STATYS CABINET (basic) - ● - ● - ● ● ● - ● ● -
STATYS CABINET (PACK) ● - ● ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● ○• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary(1) The single phase included Backfeed protection isolation devices
(2) Class CB: STATYS with integrated input protection capable of breaking on specified short-circuit currents and containing integral over current protection;
(3) Class PC: STATYS without internal input protection, is capable of withstanding specified short-circuit currents but it’s not intended for breaking short-circuit currents. Suitable protection shall be provided in the upstream distribution panel.
ACCESSORIES3.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 161 20/04/2010 12.33.14
162 STATYS 30-1800
Connection to the mains power supply and to the load(s) must be made using cables of suitable size, in accordance with current standards. If not already present, an electrical control station which can isolate the network upstream of the STATYS must be installed. This electrical control station must be equipped with a circuit breaker of an appropriate rating for the power draw at full load, and a residual current circuit breaker.
Current flowing to earth varies depending on the size of the STATYS, therefore installation engineers must install a residential current circuit breaker of an appropriate rating upstream of the STATYS using a selective model (not sensitive to transitory currents).
Potential dispersion of current from utilities downstream of the STS should be added to that discharged from the STATYS, and it should also be noted that current peaks are also reached, albeit very briefly, during transitory phases. It is recommended to isolate the residual current circuit breaker by adding 5mA protection downstream of the STATYS on power lines to utilities.
We also recommend checking first for any earth leakage current with a STATYS installed and running at the final load to prevent any untimely tripping of the breakers.
If an external manual bypass is required, only the model supplied by the manufacturer must be installed.
For detailed information, see the installation and operating manual.
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION4.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 162 20/04/2010 12.33.15
163STATYS 30-1800
STA
TY
S
32-1
800
A
STATYS5.1.
Installation parameters5.1.1.
STATYSModel 32 63 63 100 200 300 400 600 800 1200 1500 1800Phase in/out 1/1 1/1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3Rated power (A) 32 63 63 100 200 300 400 600 800 1200 1500 1800Maximum current on neutral
32 63 160 160 315 630 630 1000 - - - -
Crest factor <3.5
Minimum air flow (m3/h) - - - - 553 642 642 627 - - - -
Sound level (dBA) <45 60 56 56 54 - - - -
Diss ipat ion at rated load (1)
W 80 184 340 540 1330 1690 2530 3730 - - - -
kcal/h 69 160 293 464 1147 1457 2181 3216 - - - -
BTU/h 272 628 1160 1843 4538 5766 8632 12727 - - - -
Dimensions OEM / Rack
L (mm) 483 400 600 800 Contact supplier
D (mm) 747 648 586 586 586 Contact supplier
H (mm) 89 400 765 765 765 Contact supplier
Dimensions
CABINET
L (mm) / / 500 700 900 Contact supplier
D (mm) / / 600 600 600 Contact supplier
H (mm) / / 1930 1930 1930 Contact supplierWeight (kg) Rack
mounted26 58 / / / /
Rack OEM / / / / 70 105 130 Contact supplier
Cabinet / / / / 195 270 345 Contact supplier
(1) Worst case:- 4 pole Switching- Cabinet version with internal input protection- 4 wires- No linear load
SPECIFICATIONS5.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 163 20/04/2010 12.33.15
164 STATYS 30-1800164
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics5.1.2.
Electrical characteristics - Operating range
STATYS RACK 32-63STATYS RACK
63-100STATYS CABINET
STATYS OEM
Rated mains supply voltage (V)120-127 / 220-240 / 254 (Ph+N or Ph+Ph)
208-220 / 380-415 / 440 (3Ph+N or 3Ph)
RMS voltage tolerance ±10% configurable
Tolerance to fast transients ±25% configurable
Rated Frequency 50 / 60Hz
Frequency tolerance ±5% Hz configurable
Admitted Power Factor no restriction
Admitted overload 110% for 60minutes - 150% for 2minutes
Electrical characteristics -Efficiency
STATYS RACK 32-63
STATYS RACK 63-100
STATYS CABINET STATYS OEM
Performance 99%
Electrical characteristics -Environment
STATYS RACK STATYS CABINET STATYS OEM
Storage temperatures -25 +70°C (-13 +158°F)
Working temperature '0 +40°C (32 +104°F) up to 50 with derating
Maximum relative humidity (non-condensing) 95%
Maximum altitude without derating 1,000m (3,300ft)
Degree of protectionIP31
Cabinet IP20
OEM IP20 C
Colour: Dark grey, door: light grey
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 164 20/04/2010 12.33.15
165STATYS 30-1800
STA
TY
S
32-1
800
A
Reference standards and directives6.
OVERVIEW6.1.
The construction of the equipment and choice of materials and components comply with all current laws, decrees, directives and standards currently in force.
In particular, the equipment is fully compliant with all European Directives concerning CE marking.
2006/95/EC
Council Directive 2006/95/EC, dated 16 February 2007, on the reconciliation of legislation within Member States regarding electrical material for use within specific voltage ranges.
2004/108/EC
On the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility
STANDARDS6.2.
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY6.2.1.
“Electromagnetic Compatibility Provisions (EMC)”
EEC 89/336 EMC Directive
IEC 62310-2 Static transfer systems : Electromagnetic Compatibility Provisions (EMC)
SAFETY6.2.2.
“General and safety requirements for UPS used in operator access areas”
IEC 62310-1 Static transfer systems : general safety requirements
EN 60364-4 Electrical installations of buildings
EN 60950-1 General and safety requirements for equipment used in operator access areas
EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
EN 60439-1 Low-voltage switches
EEC 73/23 Low Voltage Directive
TYPE AND PERFORMANCE6.2.3.
Performance requirements and methods of test
IEC 62310-3 Static transfer systems : Methods of specifying the performance and test requirements
SYSTEM AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES6.3.
Once installed in a system, the UPS will not alter the neutral conditions; this is because the neutral input terminal "N" is connected directly to output terminal "N1" inside the equipment. If the neutral condition of the system downstream of the UPS needs to be modified, it will be necessary to install the IP version or to use the isolation transformer option.
The regulations refer to the unit (UPS) to which the manufacturer must comply with. The UPS engineer adheres to current legislation for the specific electrical system (e.g. EN 60364).
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 165 20/04/2010 12.33.15
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 166 20/04/2010 12.33.15
SHARYSF r o m 7 . 5 t o 6 0 0 A
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 167 20/04/2010 12.33.15
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 168 20/04/2010 12.33.15
169SHARYS 30-600
SH
AR
YS
30
-600
A
1. ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1711.1. Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
2. FLEXIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1722.1. Power ratings from 7.5 to 600 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1722.2. Modular system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
3. ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1733.1. Communication interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1733.2. Hardware equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
4. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
5. SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1755.1. SHARYS SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
5.1.1. Installation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1755.1.2. Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1755.1.3. Recommended protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
6. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1786.1. OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1786.2. STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
6.2.1. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1786.2.2. SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1786.2.3. TYPE AND PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
INDEX
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 169 20/04/2010 12.33.15
170 SHARYS 30-600
PURPOSE
The aim of these specifications is to provide:
• The information required to choose the right uninterruptible power supply for a specific application.
• The information required to prepare the system and installation site
The specifications are intended for:
• Installation engineers
• Design engineers
• Engineering consultants
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 170 20/04/2010 12.33.15
171SHARYS 30-600
SH
AR
YS
30
-600
A
Range1.1.
SHARYS is a complete range of high performing UPS systems designed to protect critical and sensitive appliances in telecom and industrial applications, telecommunications systems and industrial processes.
Models
30 60 75 100 120 200 270 420 450 600
Sharys micro 30-60-100 • • •
Sharys micro 75-120-200 • • •
Sharys elite 30-60-100 • • • • • • • • • •
Matrix table for model and kVA power rating
Each range has been specifically designed to meet the demands of loads in specific application contexts, in order to optimise the features of the unit and to facilitate its integration within the system.
SHARYS rectifiers are independent modular units rated at 7.5, 15, 30 and 50A which, in converting single phase AC into 48V DC, use high frequency conversion technology.
SHARYS rectifiers are an effective choice for their power factor (close to 1), high conversion efficiency, very limited weight and small footprint.
They are built to allow for quick swapping out of the individual Power Station modules.
ARCHITECTURE1.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 171 20/04/2010 12.33.15
172 SHARYS 30-600
FLEXIBILITY2.
Power ratings from 7.5 to 600 A 2.1.
DimensionsCabinet type Width (W) Depth (D) Height (Hx)
SHARYS MICRO 48.5 mm (19”) 500mm 262 mm (6U)
SHARYS MINI 48.5 mm (19”) 500mm 524 mm (12U)
SHARYS ELITE 600mm 600mm 1400 mm
SHARYS ELITE H 600mm 600mm 1800 mm
The equipment has been designed with a minimum direct and indirect footprint (the actual space occupied by the unit and the space required around it for maintenance, ventilation and access to the operating mechanisms and communication devices).
The careful design also provides easy access for maintenance and installation:
All of the control mechanisms and communication interfaces are located in the upper front part and can be accessed from the door.
The cooling air inlet is at the front, with outflow from the top/rear only; this means other equipment or external battery enclosures can be placed alongside the UPS unit.
Modular system2.2.
The modularity of the SHARYS system means that system power and redundancy can be increased simply by installing a supple-mentary rectifier module:
Sharys micro and mini Sharys Elite
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 172 20/04/2010 12.33.15
173SHARYS 30-600
SH
AR
YS
30
-600
A
Communication interfaces3.1.
SHARYS can manage various serial, contact and Ethernet communication channels at the same time:
The various cards and signalling accessories can be housed in the communication slots mounted as standard on all models. This provides SHARYS a highly flexible interface for the purposes of integration at a later stage after installation, also in terms of hot switching and with no need for specialist personnel.
Models
16x2
LC
D d
ispl
ay
Ser
ial 2
32/4
85
Mod
ule
1 sl
ot
Mod
ule
2 sl
ot
Slot 1 / Slot 2
TLC
Vis
ion
Pro
& J
NC
EMD
co
mbi
ned
with
Net
V
isio
n
Mod
em
Easy
rela
y
Net
Vis
ion
card
&
JNC
Sharys micro 30-60-100 • • º - º º º º º
Sharys micro 75-120-200 • • - º º º º º º
Sharys elite 30-200 • • - º º º º º º
Sharys elite 270-600 • • - º º º º º º
• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
Hardware equipment3.2.
Models
Gen
eral
inpu
t bre
aker
Mod
ule
inpu
t pro
tect
ion
Fuse
on
each
bat
tery
pol
e
Cou
plin
g di
odes
Volta
ge d
rop
cells
Isol
atio
n tra
nsfo
rmer
Neu
tral g
ener
ator
Insu
latio
n m
onito
ring
devic
e
LVD
load
LVD
bat
tery
Dou
ble
batte
ry p
rote
ctio
n
Bat
tery
fuse
on
each
pol
e
Inte
rnal
Bat
terie
s
5A n
o vo
ltage
con
tact
s
DC
Dist
ribut
ion
Sharys micro 30-60-100 º • • º º º º º º º º º º º º
Sharys mini 75-120-200 º • • º º º º º º º º º º º º
Sharys elite 30-200 º • • º º º º º º º º º º º º
Sharys elite 270-600 º • • º º º º º º º º º º º º
• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
ACCESSORIES3.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 173 20/04/2010 12.33.16
174 SHARYS 30-600
The network connection and connection of utilities must be done using cables of the appropriate size and compliant with current regulations. If not already present, an electrical control station which can isolate the network upstream of the UPS must be installed. This electrical control station must be equipped with a circuit breaker of an appropriate rating for the power draw at full load, and a residual current circuit breaker.
Current flowing to earth varies depending on the size of the UPS hence installation engineers must install a differential circuit breaker of an appropriate rating upstream the UPS using a selective model (not sensitive to transitory currents)
Potential dispersion of current from utilities downstream of the UPS should be added to that discharged from the UPS, and it should also be noted that current peaks are also reached, albeit very briefly, during transitory phases. It is recommended to isolate the residual current circuit breaker by adding 30mA type B protection downstream the UPS on power lines to utilities.
We also recommend checking first for any earth leakage current with an uninterruptible power supply installed and running at the final load to prevent any untimely tripping of the breakers.
See the relevant table for the data on the cable size and safety devices required.
All Sharys stations are equipped with positive GND outputs as standard equipment; the GND connection can also be fitted to the negative pole on demand (to be specified in the order).
For detailed information, see the installation and operating manual.
4. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 174 20/04/2010 12.33.16
175SHARYS 30-600
SH
AR
YS
30
-600
A
SHARYS SYSTEM5.1.
Installation parameters5.1.1.
SHARYSModels SHARYS MICRO SHARYS MINI SHARYS ELITEPhases in 1 1 or 3 1 or 3
Output current (A) 30 60 100 75 120 200 30 60 100 120 200 270 420 450 600
Power (kW) 1.6 3.2 5.4 4 6.4 13.5 1.6 3.2 5.4 6.4 13.5 14.4 22.4 24.3 32.4
Rated inrush current (A)
1 pH 10 20 32 25 40 64 10 20 32 40 64 - - - -
3 pH - - - 10 20 32 - - - 20 32 30 50 50 80Dissipation at rated load (mini-mum mains power present and batte-ries charging)
W 220 358 563 472 656 1073 220 358 563 656 1073 1413 1865 2603 3640
kcal/h 189 307 484 406 564 922 189 307 484 564 922 1215 2169 2238 3130
BTU/h 750 1220 1920 1610 2240 3660 750 1220 1920 2240 3660 4820 7400 8880 12420
Dimensions
L (mm) 266 524 600
D (mm) 500 500 600
H (mm) 266 533 1400SHARYS ELITE H
H (mm) - - - - - - - 1800
Weight (kg) 20 20 20 25 25 25 72 72 72 82 82 135 135 145 145SHARYS ELITE H
(kg) - - - - - - - 87 87 97 97 150 150 160 160
Electrical characteristics5.1.2.
Electrical characteristics - Input
SH400W48 SH800W48 SH1600W48 SH2700W48
Rated mains supply voltage 230V
Voltage tolerance (ensuring battery recharge)
± 20% -40% at 60% of rated power
Frequency tolerance 47.5 to 63Hz
Power factor (input at full load and rated voltage)
0.98 0.99
Total harmonic distortion (THDi) EN 61000-3-2 compliant
Max inrush current at start-up < In
SPECIFICATIONS5.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 175 20/04/2010 12.33.16
176 SHARYS 30-600176
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics - output
SH400W48 SH800W48 SH1600W48 SH2700W48
Rated output voltage (selectable) 48Vdc
Output voltage tolerance Static: <1%
Rated current (A) 7.5 15 30 50
Isolation towards input pulse overvoltage
4kV 1.2/50 us
Dielectric strength3kV/ 50Hz / 60sec (I/O)
2.5kV / 50Hz / 60sec (I/GND) 500V / 50Hz / 60sec (O/GND)
Residual ripple with Iu >10% <50 mV rms
Admitted output overload 105% In
Electrical specification - Efficiency
SH400W48 SH800W48 SH1600W48 SH2700W48
Efficiency 90% 91%
Electrical characteristics -Environment
SH400W48 SH800W48 SH1600W48 SH2700W48
Storage temperatures -5 +50°C (23-122°F)
Working temperature '0 +45°C (32-104°F) up to 55°C at 60% Pmax
Maximum relative humidity (non-condensing) 95%
Maximum altitude without derating 1,000m (3,300ft)
Degree of protection IP 20
Portability EN 60068-2
Colour Dark Grey, door: Silver Grey
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 176 20/04/2010 12.33.16
177SHARYS 30-600
SH
AR
YS
30
-600
A
SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended protection devices5.1.3.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Input
Model SHARYS MICRO SHARYS MINI SHARYS ELITE
Phase in 1 1 3 1 3
Rated current 30 60 100 75 120 200 75 120 200 30 60 100 120 200 120 200 270 420 450 600C curve automatic switch
(A)10 20 32 25 40 64 10 20 32 10 20 32 40 64 20 32 30 50 50 80
Number of rectifiers 2 2 2 5 4 4 5 4 4 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 9 14 9 14Protection on input of individual rectifier (A) (Gg fuse)
6 10 20 6 10 20 6 10 20 6 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 10 20 20
GG Station fuse (1) (A) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50 4P
63 4P
63 4P
100 4P
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION - Input residual current circuit breaker
ModelSHARYS MICRO
SHARYS MINI SHARYS ELITE
Input residual current circuit breaker > 0.1 A Selective > 0.5 A Selective
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Battery
ModelSHARYS MICRO
SHARYS MINI SHARYS ELITE
Phase in 1 1 3 3/3Rated current 30 60 100 75 120 200 75 120 200 30 60 100 120 200 120 200 270 420 450 600
22x58 battery fuse 40 63 125 80 2x 80
2x 125 80 2x
502x
125 40 63 125 2x 80
2x 125
2x 80
2x 125
315 NH2
500 NH3
500 NH3
630 NH3
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 177 20/04/2010 12.33.16
178 SHARYS 30-600
OVERVIEW6.1.
The construction of the equipment and choice of materials and components comply with all applicable laws, decrees, directives and standards currently in force.
In particular, the equipment is fully compliant with all European Directives concerning CE marking.
2006/95/EC
Council Directive 2006/95/EC, dated 16 February 2007, on the reconciliation of legislation within Member States regarding electrical material for use within specific voltage ranges.
2004/108/EC
On the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility
STANDARDS6.2.
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY6.2.1.
“Electromagnetic Compatibility Provisions (EMC)”
EN 61204-3 Low-voltage power supply devices, d.c. output - Part 3: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC);
EN 61000-6-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments;
EN 61000-6-4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 6-4: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments;
EN 61000-3-3 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 3-3: Limits - Limitation of voltage changes, voltage fluctuations and flicker in public low-voltage supply systems, for equipment with rated current ≤ 16A per phase and not subject to conditional connection.
SAFETY 6.2.2.
“General and safety requirements for UPS used in operator access areas”
EN 60950 Safety of information technology equipment
EN 61204 Low-voltage power supply devices, d.c. output - Performance characteristics
TYPE AND PERFORMANCE6.2.3.
“Performance requirements and methods of test”
EN 61204 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS). Methods of specifying the performance and test requirements
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES6.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 178 20/04/2010 12.33.16
SHARYS IPF r o m 1 5 t o 2 0 0 A
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 179 20/04/2010 12.33.16
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 180 20/04/2010 12.33.17
181SHARYS IP 15-200
SH
AR
YS
IP
15-2
00 A
1. ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1831.1. Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2. FLEXIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1842.1. Power ratings from 15 to 200 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1842.2. Modular system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
3. SYSTEM INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1853.1. Communication interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1853.2. Hardware equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
4. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
5. SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1875.1. SHARYS IP Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
5.1.1. Installation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1875.1.2. Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1875.1.3. Recommended protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
5.2. SHARYS IP System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1895.2.1. Installation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1895.2.2. Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1895.2.3. Recommended protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
6. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1916.1. OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1916.2. STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
6.2.1. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1916.2.2. SAFETY STANDARDS ITYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1916.2.3. TYPE AND PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
INDEX
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 181 20/04/2010 12.33.17
182 SHARYS IP 15-200
PURPOSE
The aim of these specifications is to provide:
• The information required to choose the right uninterruptible power supply for a specific application.
• The information required to prepare the system and installation site
The specifications are intended for:
• Installation engineers
• Design engineers
• Engineering consultants
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 182 20/04/2010 12.33.17
183SHARYS IP 15-200
SH
AR
YS
IP
15-2
00 A
ARCHITECTURE1.
Range1.1.
SHARYS IP is a full range of high performing UPS designed to protect critical and sensitive appliances in mission critical telecom and industrial applications, telecommunications systems and industrial processes.
Electrical specifications - Output
15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200
SHARYS IP Enclosure ED
Max. 2 modules
2 3 0 V 1-phase
24 •
48 • • •
108 •
120 •
SHARYS IP Enclosure EX
With input transformer Max. 2 modules
4 0 0 V 1-phase
24 •
48 • • •
108 •
120 •
SHARYS IP System IS
Max. 4 modules
2 3 0 V 1-phase
4 0 0 V 3-phase
24 •
48 •
108 •
120 •
SHARYS IP System IX
With input transformer D/Yn 400V / 400V Max. 3 modules
4 0 0 V 3-phase
24 •
48 •
108 •
120 •
Matrix table for model and kVA power rating
Each family has been specifically designed to meet the demands of loads in specific application contexts, in order to optimise the features of the product and to facilitate its integration within the system.
SHARYS IP series rectifiers are independent modular units rated at 15, 20, 30 and 50A which, in converting single phase AC into DC, use high frequency conversion technology.
SHARYS IP rectifiers stand out for their power factor (close to 1), high conversion efficiency and very limited weight and footprint.
They are built to allow for quick swapping out of the individual Power Station modules.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 183 20/04/2010 12.33.17
184 SHARYS IP 15-200
FLEXIBILITY2.
Power ratings from 15 to 200 A 2.1.
DimensionsCabinet type Width (W) Depth (D) Height (Hx)
SHARYS IP Enclosure ED 600mm 535mm 894-1254mm
SHARYS IP Enclosure EX 600mm 535mm 894-1254mm
SHARYS IP System IS 600mm 535mm 1925mm
SHARYS IP System IX 600mm 535mm 1925mm
The equipment has been designed with a minimum direct and indirect footprint (the actual space occupied by the unit and the space required around it for maintenance, ventilation and access to the operating mechanisms and communication devices).
The careful design also provides easy access for maintenance and installation:
All of the control mechanisms and communication interfaces are located in the upper front part and can be accessed from the door.
The air inlet is at the front, with outflow to the rear only; this means other equipment or external battery enclosures can be placed alongside the UPS unit.
Modular system2.2.
The modularity of the SHARYS IP system means that system power and redundancy can be increased simply by installing a supple-mentary rectifier module:
SHARYS IP System SHARYS IP Enclosure
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 184 20/04/2010 12.33.17
185SHARYS IP 15-200
SH
AR
YS
IP
15-2
00 A
Communication interfaces3.1.
SHARYS IP can manage various serial, contact and Ethernet communication channels at the same time:
The various cards and signalling accessories can be housed in the communication slots mounted as standard on all models. This provides SHARYS IP a highly flexible interface for the purposes of integration at a later stage after installation, also in terms of hot switching and with no need for specialist personnel.
Models4
digi
t dis
play
Ser
ial 2
32 /
485
Dry
con
tact
Slot 1 / Slot 2
Dry
con
tact
car
d
Ne
t V
isio
n T
LC
ca
rd
SHARYS IP Enclosure ED • - • - -
SHARYS IP Enclosure EX • - • - -
SHARYS IP System IS • • • º º
SHARYS IP System IX • • • º º
• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
Hardware equipment3.2.
Models
Mod
ule
inpu
t pro
tect
ion
Fuse
on
each
bat
tery
pol
e
IP 3
0
Cou
plin
g di
odes
Out
put i
sola
tion
Insu
latio
n m
onito
ring
devic
e
EPO
sour
ge a
rrest
or o
verv
olta
ge c
at II
I
Pow
er S
hare
LVD
bat
tery
Inte
rnal
Bat
terie
s
DC
Dist
ribut
ion
SHARYS IP Enclosure ED • • • º • - º º º º º º
SHARYS IP Enclosure EX • • • º • º º º º º º º
SHARYS IP System IS • • • º • - º º º º º º
SHARYS IP System IX • • • º • º º º º º º º
• Standardº Option- Not available
For a description of the options, see glossary
SYSTEM INTERFACE3.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 185 20/04/2010 12.33.17
186 SHARYS IP 15-200
The network connection and connection of utilities must be done using cables of the appropriate size and compliant with regu-lations. If not already present, an electrical control station which can isolate the network upstream of the UPS must be installed. This electrical control station must be equipped with a circuit breaker of an appropriate rating for the power draw at full load, and a residual current circuit breaker.
Current flowing to earth varies depending on the size of the UPS hence installation engineers must install a differential circuit breaker of an appropriate rating upstream the UPS using a selective model (not sensitive to transitory currents)
Current peaks can occur during transients (loss and restoration of mains supply), although these will be of very short duration
We also recommend checking first for any earth leakage current with an uninterruptible power supply installed and running at the final load to prevent any untimely tripping of the breakers.
See the relevant table for the data on the cable size and safety devices required.
For detailed information, see the installation and operating manual.
4. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 186 20/04/2010 12.33.18
187SHARYS IP 15-200
SH
AR
YS
IP
15-2
00 A
SHARYS IP Enclosure5.1.
Installation parameters5.1.1.
SHARYS IPModels Enclosure ED Enclosure EXPhases in 1Number of rectifiers 2 2
Output voltage (V) 24 48 108 120 24 48 108 120
Output current (A) 100 30 60 100 40 40 100 30 60 100 40 40
Rated inrush current (A) 18 12 20 34 30 34 12 7 14 24 20 24
Dissipation at rated load (mini-mum mains power present and batte-ries charging)
W 352 196 370 562 420 484 370 206 389 591 442 509
kcal/h 303 169 318 483 361 416 318 177 334 508 380 438
BTU/h 1201 669 1262 1918 1433 1651 1262 703 1327 2017 1508 1737
Dimensions
L (mm) 600
D (mm) 535
H (mm) 894 1254 1254Weight (without batteries)
(kg) 70 85 105 110
Electrical characteristics5.1.2.
Electrical characteristics - Input
Enclosure ED Enclosure EX
Rated mains supply voltage (V) 230 400 phase phase
Voltage tolerance (ensuring battery recharge)
± 20% -50% at 40% of rated current
Frequency tolerance 47.5 to 63Hz
Power factor (input at full load and rated voltage)
0.99
Total harmonic distortion (THDi) EN 61000-3-3 compliant
Max inrush current at start-up < In
Electrical characteristics - output
Enclosure ED Enclosure EX
Output voltage 24 / 48 / 108 / 120V DC
Output voltage with battery fully charged 26.6 / 53.3 / 119.8 / 133.2
Output voltage tolerance Static: <1%
Isolation towards input pulse overvoltage
4 kV 1.2/50 us
Dielectric strength3kV / 50Hz / 60sec (I/O)
2.5kV / 50Hz / 60sec (I/GND) 500V / 50Hz / 60sec (O/GND)
Residual ripple with Iu >10% <50 mV rms
Admitted output overload 105% In
SPECIFICATIONS5.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 187 20/04/2010 12.33.18
188 SHARYS IP 15-200188
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics - Efficiency
Enclosure ED Enclosure EX
Efficiency 90.5% to 93% depending on version
Electrical characteristics -Environment
Enclosure ED Enclosure EX
Storage temperature -5 +50°C (23-122°F)
Operating temperature '0 +45°C (32-104°F) up to 55°C at 60% Pmax
Maximum relative humidity (non condensing) 95%
Maximum altitude without de-rating 1,000m (3,300ft)
Degree of protection IP 30
Colour Dark Grey
Recommended protection devices5.1.3.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Input Models Enclosure ED Enclosure EXPhases in 1Tensione di uscita (V) 24 48 108 120 24 48 108 120
Output current (A) 100 30 60 100 40 40 100 30 60 100 40 40
automatic switch (A) 230 D20 C16 D20 D40 D32 D40 D20 D16 D20 D40 D32 D40
2p 400v - - - - - - D20 D16 D20 D40 D32 D40
Number of rectifiers 2 2
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION - Input residual current circuit breaker
Models Enclosure ED Enclosure EX
Earth leakage device > 0.1 A Selective
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 188 20/04/2010 12.33.18
189SHARYS IP 15-200
SH
AR
YS
IP
15-2
00 A
SPECIFICATIONS
SHARYS IP System5.2.
Installation parameters5.2.1.
SHARYS IPModels System IS System IXPhases in 1+N 3+N 1+N 3+N 1+N 3+N 1+N 3+N 3Output voltage (V) 24 48 108 120 24 48 108 120
Output current (A)* 50 100 150 150 50 100 150 150 20 40 60 60 20 40 60 60 150 150 60 60
Number of rectifiers 1 2 3 3+1 1 2 3 3+1 1 2 3 3+1 1 2 3 3+1 3 3 3 3
Power (kW) 1.6 3.2 4.8 4.9 3.2 6.4 9.6 9.7 2.9 5.7 8.6 8.7 3.2 6.4 9.6 9.7 3.6 7.2 6.5 14.4
Rated inrush current (A) 9 18 9 18 17 34 17 34 15 30 15 30 17 34 17 34 9 17 15 17Dissipation at rated load (mini-mum mains power present and batte-ries charging)
W 205 428 627 630 322 630 926 932 237 448 654 662 270 519 756 765 815 1275 955 1099
kcal/h 176 368 539 542 277 542 796 801 204 386 562 570 232 446 650 658 701 1096 822 945
BTU/h 700 1460 2140 2150 1100 2150 3160 3180 810 1530 2230 2260 920 1770 2580 2610 2780 4350 3260 3750
Dimensions L*D*H (mm) 600 * 535 * 1925
Weight (kg) 245 305
* The output current is the sum of the load and the battery recharge currents.
Electrical characteristics5.2.2.
Electrical characteristics - Input
System IS System IX
Rated mains supply voltage 230V
Voltage tolerance (ensuring battery recharge)
± 20% -50% at 40% of rated current
Frequency tolerance 47.5 to 63Hz
Power factor (input at full load and rated voltage)
0.99
Total harmonic distortion (THDi) EN 61000-3-3 compliant
Max inrush current at start-up < In
Electrical characteristics - output
System IS System IX
Nominal output voltage 24 / 48 / 108 / 120V DC
Output voltage tolerance Static: <1%
Isolation towards input pulse overvoltage
4 kV 1.2/50 us
Dielectric strength3kV / 50Hz / 60sec (I/O)
2.5kV / 50Hz / 60sec (I/GND) 500V / 50Hz / 60sec (O/GND)
Residual ripple with Iu >10% <50 mV rms
Admitted output overload 105% In
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 189 20/04/2010 12.33.18
190 SHARYS IP 15-200190
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics -Environment
System IS System IX
Storage temperature -5 +50°C (23-122°F)
Operating temperature '0 +45°C (32-104°F) up to 55°C at 60% Pmax
Maximum relative humidity (non condensing) 95%
Maximum altitude without de-rating 1,000m (3,300ft)
Degree of protection IP 30
Colour Dark Grey
Recommended protection devices5.2.3.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION DEVICES - Input Models System IS System IXPhases in 1+N 3+N 1+N 3+N 1+N 3+N 1+N 3+N 3Output voltage (V) 24 48 108 120 24 48 108 120
Output current (A) 50 100 150 150 50 100 150 150 20 40 60 60 20 40 60 60 150 150 60 60a u t o m a t i c switch (A)
230 C16 D20 C20 D32 C20 D32 C20 D32 D32
Number of rectifiers 1 2 3 3+1 1 2 3 3+1 1 2 3 3+1 1 2 3 3+1 3 3 3 3
RECOMMENDED PROTECTION - Input residual current circuit breaker
Models System IS System IX
Earth leakage device > 0.1 A Selective
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 190 20/04/2010 12.33.18
191SHARYS IP 15-200
SH
AR
YS
IP
15-2
00 A
OVERVIEW6.1.
The construction of the equipment and choice of materials and components comply with all laws, decrees, directives and standards currently in force.
In particular, the equipment is fully compliant with all European Directives concerning CE marking.
2006/95/EC
Council Directive 2006/95/EC, dated 16 February 2007, on the reconciliation of legislation within Member States regarding electrical material for use within specific voltage ranges.
2004/108/EC
Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
STANDARDS6.2.
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY6.2.1.
“Electromagnetic Compatibility Provisions (EMC)”
EN 61204-3 “Low-voltage power supply devices, d.c. output - Part 3: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC);”
EN 61000-6-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments;
EN 61000-6-4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 6-4: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments;
SAFETY STANDARDS ITYS6.2.2.
“General and safety requirements for UPS used in operator access areas”
EN 60950 Safety of information technology equipment
EN 61204 Low-voltage power supply devices, d.c. output - Performance characteristics and safety requirements.
TYPE AND PERFORMANCE6.2.3.
“Performance requirements and methods of test”
EN 61204 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS). Methods of specifying the performance and test requirements
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DIRECTIVES6.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 191 20/04/2010 12.33.18
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 192 20/04/2010 12.33.18
GLOSSARY Te r m s a n d a c c e s s o r i e s
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 193 20/04/2010 12.33.18
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 194 20/04/2010 12.33.18
195Glossary GLO
SS
AR
Y
ACS
Automatic Cross Synchronisation(ACS)is an option which can be integrated into the machine without adding external enclosures and which synchronises the output voltage with an external source or with another stand-alone UPS (single or parallel system, Socomec or other brands).
ADC
The Advanced Dry Contact (ADC) circuit board is an interface fitted with programmable dry contacts. It consists of up to four normally open or normally closed outputs and up to three digital inputs, all fully configurable.
Up to four operating modes can be selected.
Adicom
Adicom is an application-driven interface.
It supports all of the most common communication interfaces and protocols and incorporates a clear and intuitive colour display. As a system which is open to future installations and applications, it is more than just a communication interface. The option to install applications is a departure from conventional mimic panels or communication interfaces: it represents an evolution from the transmission of numbers to the transmission of information already processed by a bespoke system.
Furthermore, considering that 70% of faults are due to human error, Adicom contributes to a reduction in downtime due to its ease of use.
With just a few clicks, Adicom provides access to all commands and shows the correct procedure for each operation with simple pictographs. Which reduces the margin for human error and increases the availability of the power supply.
To ensure the right measures are taken, the interface's communication capabilities ensure prompt notification of any abnormal events.
The user-friendly interface interacts with the operator via:
• high definition colour graphic display with intuitive navigation;
• mimic diagrams providing status/alarm and clear operator guide lines.
ON PREFERREDSTS NORMAL 0 0 kVA
12 30
?
ON INVERTERUPS Eco 1025kVA10 30
?
1 2
STA
TY_0
40_A
_BW
DR
WM
AS
GP
0-00
11
Always On Mode
Always On Mode mode combines the benefits of high efficiency with active filtering of harmonics reflected onto the power supply network from the distorting load.
Under normal operating conditions, the utility is supplied directly from the emergency supply via the automatic bypass, while the inverter provides the contribution needed to compensate for the harmonics produced by the load.
GLOSSARY
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 195 20/04/2010 12.33.18
196 Glossary
Advanced Transformer Switching Management (ATSM)
Advanced switching management of downstream transformers for static transfer systems.
If the upstream network has no distributed neutral cable, two upstream transformers or one downstream transformer can be added to create a neutral reference point at the output. For the downstream solution, STATYS (thanks to ATSM) correctly manages the switching to limit inrush current and avoid the risk of spurious breaks.
STS
3 4 STS Lambda 5 STATYS
STA
TY_0
39_A
_BW
STA
TY_0
42_A
_BW
STA
TY_0
43_A
_BW
BHC
The Battery Health Check (BHC), available in combination with Graphic Touch Screen, monitors and optimises the capacity of the battery in order to maximise its availability. It collects measurements for early detection of weak blocks. The BHC interacts with the battery charger and undertakes automatic corrective action to optimise the capacity of the battery cells.
In association with the graphic touch screen, BHC gives a precise overview of the battery condition and informs the user if preventive maintenance will have to be scheduled to maximise the reliability of the system.
The BHC interacts directly with the battery recharge system (EBS). In the case of value drift of a battery cell, the charger automatically adapts the charging parameters. Such corrective action aims to achieve homogenisation in the behaviour of the cells and therefore enhances the battery service life.
The BHC system reports information about the battery health to the user and allows for:
• monitoring and extensive analysis of battery parameters (current per string, voltage per block and ambient temperatures);
• parameter analysis, operating statistics and alarms are displayed on the graphic touch screen;
• individual location of critical blocks;
• access to displays from remote workstations.
V
I
T°
1 ?ON INVERTER Normal
Battery
V
123456
A Vdc
Duration:00:14:00
Vend cell 25 = 11.49 VV cell 25 = 13.72 V
Test Measures
11:11:16
13.79
11.50
14/12/08Mode
X 3214/12 11:10
Disch.Rec.
6 7
DE
FYS
_138
_A_B
W
DE
FYS
_145
_A_B
W
Power supply 2
GLOSSARY
Output current
Power supply 2
Power supply 2 Power supply 2Power supply 1
Power supply 1
Power supply 1
Power supply 1
Output current
Output voltageOutput voltage
Power supply 1
Power supply 2
Load
Point of measurement
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 196 20/04/2010 12.33.18
197Glossary GLO
SS
AR
Y
GLOSSARY
Independent control of the silicon control rectifier (SCR)
Technology integrated in the Static Transfer System with indi-vidual, separate and autonomous control boards on each SCR path, increasing the redundancy and fault tolerance of each SCR path.
Physical separation between source 1 and source 2 SCRs prevents mutual disturbance.
0,03
2,23
2,4
50 10 15
0,15
I : A
mp
V :
Volt
C10
C10
V
I
75% 105%
0,03
2,23
50 10 15
0,1
I : A
mp
V :
Volt
C10
V
I
50% 85% 90%
9 Normally used in conventional (lead-acid) batte-ries
10 Normally used in sealed batteries
TBK
0000
20
TBK
0000
21TB
K00
0022
I
T°
8
DE
FYS
_136
_A_B
W
BSCM
Battery String Current Monitoring (BSCM) is an alternative to the BHC. It can check between 2 and 6 battery strings. It collects the currents of each string, analyses the data and detects faulty or open battery strings.
In the event of a problem, the BSCM reports an alarm with an accurate fault description to the user. This device does not necessarily require the graphic touch screen as it is also compat-ible with the standard panel.
Floating and two-level charge
Lead-acid, sealed and open-vented batteries are extremely sensitive to the temperatures in which they operate. Charge algorithms exist which reduce the effect of these temperatures. In addition to the EBS system, Socomec offers floating and "two-level" mixed charging. Its characteristics are illustrated below.
2
1
1 1
μC12
1
11
Recharged capacity %C10Recharged capacity %C10
Time (hours) Time (hours)
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 197 20/04/2010 12.33.20
198 Glossary
GLOSSARY
Dual Battery
Dual Battery is a construction topology used for the DC/DC converter. It refers to an innovative technology whereby energy is drawn from two separate independent battery strings in the event of a power failure.
Compared to the conventional configuration consisting of a single battery string with the central point connected to neutral, batteries in dual systems are arranged in two equivalent but totally separate strings.
OK
12 Conventional UPS 13 UPS with Dual Battery
TBK
0000
23
TBK
0000
24
Even if one battery string fails (e.g. due to a faulty block) the equipment can still function with the other battery string providing suffi-cient ride-through power to the load, albeit for a shorter duration.
The potential of this concept is maximised in parallel configurations where each equipment unit adopts the Dual Battery solution.
EBS
Expert Battery System (EBS) is a system which manages the battery charger
It responds to the working temperature to preserve battery life and reduce operating costs.
Battery reliability depends on several variables: the working temperature, the installation environment, the number of charge and discharge cycles. Consequently it is important to introduce systems that can manage these variables in order to limit their impact on the UPS life cycle.
Premature ageing causes:
• corrosion: battery overcharge or high working temperature,
• sulfation: low charge voltage or long storage time,
• passivation: frequent charge/discharge cycles (cycling) resulting in capacity loss.
EBS allows for:
• automatic selection of the recharging method according to environmental and battery conditions;
• elimination of overloading due to permanent floating, which accelerates the corrosion of the positive plates;
• isolation of the battery from the DC bus, thanks to the charger function which is separate from the rectifier;
• protection against deep discharge,
• management of different types of batteries (sealed, open lead-acid and nickel-cadmium batteries);
• real-time calculation of the remaining back-up time;
• real-time measurements concerning the battery (voltage, battery current and battery capacity);
• a periodic battery test for monitoring battery efficiency and for programming preventive or corrective maintenance in the case of abnormal situations.
Tests carried out by SOCOMEC UPS on several brands of batteries, together with years of experience, show that battery life can be enhanced by up to 30% with the use of EBS compared to a traditional battery management system.
Fault
Fault
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 198 20/04/2010 12.33.20
199Glossary GLO
SS
AR
Y
GLOSSARY
2.35 V/ el
Umin
I2
Ton
Toff
Umax
I1
14 Method of charging as a function of temperature
TBK
0000
25
Floating Method Intermittent Method
Eco-Mode
Eco-Mode increases efficiency as under normal operating conditions the utility is supplied directly from the emergency supply via the automatic bypass. The static UPS system remains on standby to replace the supply in the event of a failure.
EMD
Environment Module Device (EMD) is used in conjunction with NET VISION and checks the ambient temperature and humid-ity.
It is equipped with:
• 2 dry-contact alarms;
• alarm thresholds configurable via Web browser;
• notifications from the environmental alarm via email and SNMP traps.
Connection to the NetVision device is by means of a cable of maximum length 15 metres.
010101 1 2
15
TBK
0000
26
Battery voltage Battery charger off
Self discharge
Time
Battery voltage
Time
CurrentVoltage
Threshold temperature
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 199 20/04/2010 12.33.20
200 Glossary
GLOSSARY
Energy Saver
The Energy Saver system allows for optimum energy manage-ment in redundant configuration.
Only UPS units needed to supply the energy required by the applications are in operation. Redundancy is nevertheless ensured by maintaining an additional unit in operation. The other units remain on standby ready to operate.
If the load's absorption demand increases, the inverters needed for the greater supply cut in with zero response time.
This type of operation is perfectly suited to applications subject to frequent variations in power and can be used in all configura-tions with at least three UPS units in parallel.
The Energy Saver function enables the increased efficiency of the whole system to be maintained.
17
0 25 0 5 0 75 Pn
0 25 0 5 0 75 Pn
The load is shared by all the UPS
Two UPS in operation and two UPS standing b
16
TBK
0000
27D
EFY
S_1
00_B
_IT_
BW
GSS
The Global Supply System (GSS) is a card for communication with generating sets.
It consists of 4 inputs (external contacts) and 1 output (60V). This makes it possible to program specific management procedures which ensure the complete compatibility of the UPS with the generating sets.
ICM2 System concentrator
In parallel configurations, each system equipped with an ICM2 (Intelligent Communication Module) can be used to view or monitor the entire system on any display.
With the Intelligent Communication Module, all options and external communication accessories required for monitoring and fault-finding over the entire system (NetVision, ADC board or GSS, etc.) can be connected to a single UPS. .
ICM functions relate exclusively to the display of data and communication (one way) with the control electronics of the parallel configuration to prevent any single points of failure.
JNC
The UPS back-up time might not always be long enough to cover the whole period of outage. In this case the best way to proceed is to save data and correctly shutdown the machines before the complete absence of the supply.
The client is a small software application to be installed in the remote computers. It shows data and executes commands sent by UniVision, Adicom or NetVision via the LAN network.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 200 20/04/2010 12.33.20
201Glossary GLO
SS
AR
Y
GLOSSARY
Clients can be native for every single operating system (OS), or multi-OS and with more advanced features such as "JAVA & .NET Shutdown client" (JNC). The latter has been developed by SOCOMEC UPS on a JRE platform.
The table below shows the clients' compatibility with the main OSs.
Parallel kitParallel kits contain all of the components necessary for installing equipment units in parallel configurations. This can be anything from a cable to a cabinet, depending on the power and model of the UPS.
Contact Socomec UPS for further details on the different solutions offered.
NetVision
NET VISION is a communication and management interface designed for business networks. The UPS behaves exactly like a networked peripheral, it can be managed remotely and allows the shutdown of the workstation/server.
The main specifications and functions are as follows:
• 10 / 100 Mb Ethernet connection (RJ 45);
• UPS monitoring screen via a Web browser,
• remote shutdown of workstations,
• notification of faults via email to up to 8 addresses;
• UPS management via SNMP protocol (RFC1628 MIB compli-ant);
• monitoring of the installation environment (optional EMD temperature and humidity sensor), configurable alarm activa-tion, notification via email;
• suitable for remote maintenance service T.SERVICE.
Client included in standard NET VISION suite
JCN clientavailable on request
Windows Server™ 2003 / XP / 2000 • • (1)
Novell 4.x •
Novell 5 / 6 •
SCO Unixware 7.0 (Intel architecture) •
SCO Open Server from version 5.x (Intel architecture) •
Sun Solaris versions 2.6 to 8.0 (Intel architecture) •
Sun Solaris 8 /9/10 Sparc architecture •
Linux Kernel 2.2.x or later versions (Intel architecture) - Red Hat compatible
•
Linux kernel 2.x Intel architecture •
Windows® ME/NT/2000/Server 2003/XP/VistaTM •
IBM AIX 4.3.3 /5.x Rs 6000 / PPC architecture •
IBM AS 400 V4R5 •
HP HP-UX 10.20 /11.x PA-RISC architecture •
Apple Mac Os X JAVA JRE included in OS X •1) Suggested for Windows 2003 Server™.
Ethernetnetwork
Remotemonitoring withWeb browserRemote shutdown
workstation/server with JNC
Mail server
Remote controlvia SNMP
18
LOG
IC_0
03_B
_IT_
BW
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 201 20/04/2010 12.33.21
202 Glossary
GLOSSARY
Centralised C31.1.2.
The ideal solution for system redundancy and planned power upgrades.
The automatic and maintenance bypass functions are central-ised.
The static bypass has a high short-circuit capacity.
Bypass
Distributed C71.1.1.
The simplest solution for installation and updating. Each UPS incorporates its own bypass.
This architecture is particularly suited to unscheduled upgrades, or to upgrades in successive stages, by means of the parallel configuration of the UPS units.
This configuration enables power output to be increased and is suitable for N + 1 redundancy.
Upgrades can also be performed without switching off the instal-lation.
19
20
21
DE
FYS
_093
_A_B
WD
EFY
S_0
94_A
_BW
DE
FYS
_065
_A_B
W
Redundant C51.1.3.
Additional fault tolerance is assured by the redundancy of the centralised bypass. It reduces the Mean Time To Repair (MTTR) of the installation.
The architecture consists of a main bypass and a bypass in "active standby".
The redundancy automatically cuts in if there is a fault with the main bypass (internal fault with the bypass, the power supply or the upstream protection).
Full installation servicing can be carried out in progressive steps, while maintaining supply to critical applications and without transfer to the maintenance bypass.
Double C51.1.4.
This configuration brings an optimised redundant power supply with two independent outputs to separate applications (for example to two computer rooms).
The UPS modules are connected in parallel with two bypasses, all of which are rated for overall power. Operation is simplified, making it possible to:
• manage two independent applications,
• upgrade easily,
• limit the risks of mutual disturbance between the loads,
• simplify maintenance of the complete system by supplying the applications through UPS.
22
DE
FYS
_059
_B_B
W
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 202 20/04/2010 12.33.21
203Glossary GLO
SS
AR
Y
GLOSSARY
Multi C51.1.5.
This configuration allows the operation of different applications to be separated and makes upgrading easier.
This unique solution consists of multiple independent bypasses.
They can either be located close to the UPS or to the supplied loads.
The multi-bypass architecture allows:
• each bypass to be calibrated according to the applications downstream;
• easy and flexible power upgrading;
• selective load shedding, favouring the most critical applica-tions;
• individual maintenance operations on each circuit.
PFC
Power Factor Correction(PFC) is based on IGBT rectifier technology (Pulse Width Modulation). This cutting-edge technology ensures "clean" and perfectly sinusoidal current draw. It does not pollute the upstream power source since the input current has excep-tionally low harmonic distortion (THDI < 3%). Inoltre, il fattore di potenza prossimo a 1 (FP > 0.99). Absorbed input power (kVA) is reduced by 30% compared to traditional technologies (six-phase or twelve-phase rectifiers) and in any operating condition, with charged or discharged battery. Input current draw is therefore reduced, with resulting benefits in terms of source and connection cable ratings.
PFC systems do not require additional options for harmonic compensation or complex correction devices such as harmonic filters, which are essential for the most commonly used technologies.
Unlike solutions with passive LC resonant filter, there is no risk of resonance either with harmonic filters or with the power factor correction capacitors that may already exist within the system.
Furthermore, PFC technology makes the UPS system perfectly compatible with generating sets without having to overrate the system.
Redundant Supply and Dual Redun-dant Supply
A Static Transfer System for "redundant supply" is a redundant electronic power supply connected to each source that powers the control boards.
The term "dual redundant supply" indicates the presence of a second redundant power supply in addition to the first one described above. If one power supply control board should fail, it enables internal redundancy to be maintained even with a single power source.
23
DE
FYS
_026
_A_B
WTB
K00
0028
2 2
1 1
1 μC1 1
24
TBK
0000
29
1
1 1
1
μC2
μC1
25 Redundant Microprocessor
In the case of mission-critical applications where system avail-ability is fundamental, the equipment and all other components must be redundant intelligent. For the highest availability, even in the event of a control failure, the microprocessor can be redun-dant so that the system will not interrupt the power supply and full communication capacity will be maintained.
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 203 20/04/2010 12.33.21
204 Glossary
Graphic Touch Screen
A colour graphic touch screen is available on request. It is a user-friendly interface which ensures safe operation of the UPS and provides a global overview of the system.
The mimic diagram is interactive and intuitive and shows a quick overview of the whole equipment.
Direct access through the mimic to the main functions such as the event log, graphic reports and the interactive help menu makes using the controls easier and safer.
Remote monitoring is available via LAN connection, interface included in the graphic touch screen.
The Graphic Touch Screen is required for the BHC option.
GLOSSARY
TBK
0000
30D
EFY
S_1
02_A
_BW
26
1 ?ON INVERTERNormal 10 24 56
30/11/08Mode
1 UPS2
27
Automatic retransfer
In case of supply from the alternate sources, when the preferred source is restored, the STS must automatically retransfer the load back after a delay of 3 seconds.
The system must try to retransfer to the preferred source in the best conditions.
For specific operating conditions, the automatic retransfer can be disabled via the user settings. In this case, the transfer has to be performed manually by the operator.
If the alternate source disappears before the manual retransfer, an automatic transfer must switch the load to the preferred source
Automatic retransfer must be activated by default and is configurable by the operator. This function can be delayed by the operator on each device in the case of multiple STS systems.
Remote mimic panel
Remote interface with graphic display which enables the UPS to be monitored and the main operational data to be displayed. Communication with the user can take place in English, Italian, French, Spanish, German, Russian and Chinese.
It is possible to:
• display the system's operating status;
• check the UPS status;
• view the events log.
"On-the-fly" transfer
In STS systems, the "on-the-fly" transfer mode is necessary to allow the operator to perform a synchronous transfer from the control panel when the two power sources are not permanently synchronous and the respective phases slowly diverge.
The "on-the-fly" transfer function must also be usable during automatic retransfer, to revert to the preferred source as soon as it is in better conditions than the alternative source.
The STS must transfer exactly when the source phase shift is below the preset tolerance window (which is adjustable).
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 204 20/04/2010 12.33.21
205Glossary GLO
SS
AR
Y
GLOSSARY
T.Service
T.SERVICE is a remote telephone or web-based surveillance method that ensures a real-time diagnosis 24 / 7/ 365. The UPS auto-matically sends reports to the Service Centre on a regular basis or when a fault is detected.
Depending on the monitored parameters, the notification can be due to:
• wrong usage - the customer is contacted by a skilled engineer and guided through some simple actions to carry out simple actions to prevent the condition worsening;
• existing fault - the customer is informed of the device's state and engineers are promptly sent to visit the site.
T.SERVICE benefits:
• 24 / 7/ 365 monitoring
• prevention and early fault detection
• reduced human dependence with consequential risk and cost reduction
• regular status reports
• automatic repair service activation
• remote assistance by skilled engineers
• in-depth knowledge of the plant
T.SERVICE can also monitor the energy supply to critical electrical installations by sending periodic reports which enable the instal-lation's event history to be updated, with a view to a more detailed analysis at a later date. Such reports help build a clearer picture of energy usage that could be used for future updates/designs or for advising on power quality enhancement.
The type of connection available between the UPS and the Service Centre is via telephone by means of GSM modem (two-way communication).
CIM
_013
_A_I
T_B
W
DIAGNOSTIC REPORT
TechnicalreportCable telephone
network
SOCOMEC UPS Service Centre
SMS
Maintenance
Incorrect usage
Fault
Repair
Analog Modem
GSM Modem
GSM network
Customer site
T.SERVICEstation
28
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 205 20/04/2010 12.33.21
206 Glossary
GLOSSARY
UNI VISION Pro
The UNI VISION PRO software meets the following professional needs:
• local and remote UPS monitoring using an Internet browser
• automatic shutdown of local workstations or servers on which the software is installed
• remote shutdown (optional) by Java shutdown client
• events data log (status changes and alarms)
• notification of faults via email (up to 8 addresses) Other func-tions include programming and automatic shutdown of remote workstations/servers connected to the network. The UPS can also be programmed from networked workstations/servers.
VS
S_0
03_C
_IT_
BW
LOG
IC_0
04_B
_IT_
BW
Virtual-JNC
Socomec UPS Virtual Shutdown Client (Virtual-JNC) operates on the physical server to correctly shut down all of the virtual machines installed on it.
It offers the following advantages over many conventional clients on individual virtual machines:
• low-impact management (a single client for all virtual machines instead of one for each machine)
• easy to configure and upgrade
• greater reliability since it is installed on the first operating system installed on the server (therefore with less mediation from the various operating systems)
The virtual client is compatible with:
• VMware ESX;
• MS Windows Virtual Server R2.
VSS+DC
SOCOMEC UPS, in association with PENTADYNE, offers an innovative kinetic energy storage system (VSS+
DC).
VSS+DC is a flywheel system for storing mechanical energy. It
can be used as a replacement or a supplement for conventional batteries connected directly to the DC bus.
The VSS+DC system stores kinetic energy in a high-speed,
carbon/glass fibre composite rotor which rotates in a vacuum levitating on magnetic bearings. This type of system virtually eliminates electricity loss and requires minimal maintenance, so gives greater long-term pay-back.
The flywheel is driven in rotation by a reluctance motor which, in the event of a mains power failure, changes to generator operating mode.
Like a chemical battery bank, it receives recharge and float power from the UPS system's DC bus and returns power whenever the DC bus voltage drops below a programmable threshold level.
The VSS+DC system completely eliminates the need for batteries by providing continuous ride-through power for short duration
outages or until a standby generator can come on-line.
A single VSS+DC unit can supply loads up to 190 kW for 12.5 seconds.
VSS+DC systems can be paralleled without restriction for increased ride-through and/or power.
00
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
1 unità
2 unità
3 unità
4 unità
5 unità
30
ARIL
MAYUNE
PR LM
YUNE
PR LM
YU
E
29 Workstation/server with
UNI VISION PRO installed(shutdown and display)
Windows® workstation/server®
(shutdown and display - JNC)
Workstation/server with other operative systems(shutdown and display - JNC)
Linux workstation/server(shutdown and display - JNC)
RS232
Network
POWER (kW)
BACKUP TIME (s)
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 206 20/04/2010 12.33.21
207Glossary GLO
SS
AR
Y
GLOSSARY
31
The VSS+DC system is an ideal solution providing clean ride-through power for efficient, flexible and trouble-free operation.
Advantages of using VSS+DC include:
• extreme reliability
• high efficiency 99.8%
• minimal and simple maintenance
• long service life (> 20 years)
• compact footprint < 0,5 m2;
• quick charging (20 seconds)
• quiet operation
• easy to use
• cabinet enclosure with castors for easy positioning
• no floor overload
• units can be paralleled together to achieve higher power output, longer ride-through duration
• front maintenance access
• environmentally friendly
Designed for a life in excess of 20 years, it improves the global reliability of the UPS and reduces the global lifecycle cost (savings of 70% over 10 years, with an attractive Return On Investment).
Sample usage configurations include:
• The VSS+DC system is connected to the DC bus and supplies
power to the UPS whenever the mains voltage strays outside specified tolerance margins. It is therefore able to provide protection against 99.5% of power disturbances;
GS
32 • The VSS+
DC system provides the UPS with sufficient ride-through to bridge to a standby generator;
VS
S_0
04_A
_BW
VS
S_0
05_A
_BW
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 207 20/04/2010 12.33.22
208 Glossary
GLOSSARY
• Multiple VSS+DC units connected in parallel can achieve
increased power output and longer ride-through duration.34
VS
S_0
07_A
_BW
33
VS
S_0
06_A
_BW
• In parallel with batteries, the VSS+DC system provides battery
protection by taking care of short disturbances and preserving battery capacity for longer disturbances. This also extends the batteries' life expectancy by reducing frequent short battery cycling;
TBKXXX201000-GB_00 LD1.pdf 208 20/04/2010 12.33.22
Réf
. IC
D 2
7093
- 0
4/10
- T
BK
XXX2
0100
0G
B-0
0
H E A D O F F I C ESOCOMEC GROUPS.A. SOCOMEC capital 11 313 400 € - R.C.S. Strasbourg B 548 500 149 B.P. 60010 - 1, rue de Westhouse - F-67235 Benfeld Cedex
SOCOMEC UPS Strasbourg11, route de Strasbourg - B.P. 10050 - F-67235 Huttenheim Cedex- FRANCE Tel. +33 (0)3 88 57 45 45 - Fax +33 (0)3 88 74 07 90 [email protected]
SOCOMEC UPS Isola VicentinaVia Sila, 1/3 - I - 36033 Isola Vicentina (VI) - ITALY Tel. +39 0444 598611 - Fax +39 0444 598622 [email protected]
Non contractual document. © 2010, Socomec SA. All rights reserved.
Y O U R D I S T R I B U T O R
Socomec UPS worldwideI N E U R O P E
BELGIUMSchaatsstraat, 30 rue du Patinage B - 1190 Bruxelles Tel. +32 (0)2 340 02 34 Fax +32 (0)2 346 16 69 [email protected]
FRANCE95, rue Pierre Grange F - 94132 Fontenay-sous-Bois Cedex Tel. +33 (0)1 45 14 63 90 Fax +33 (0)1 48 77 31 12 [email protected]
GERMANYHeppenheimerstraße 57 D - 68309 Mannheim Tel. +49 (0) 621 71 68 40 Fax +49 (0) 621 71 68 44 4 [email protected]
ITALYVia Leone Tolstoi, 73 - Zivido 20098 San Giuliano Milanese (MI) Tel. +39 02 98 242 942 Fax +39 02 98 240 723 [email protected]
NETHERLANDSBergveste 2F NL - 3992DE Houten Tel. +31 (0)30 63 71 504 Fax +31 (0)30 63 72 166 [email protected]
POLANDNowowiejska St 21/25 00-665 Warszawa Tel. +48 (0)22 2345 223 Fax +48 (0)22 2345 223 [email protected]
PORTUGALRua Moinho do Cuco Bloco A Lj. Dta. - Paz 2640-566 MAFRA Tel. +351 261 812 599 Fax +351 261 812 570 [email protected]
RUSSIAKutuzovsky pr. 13, 44-45 121248 - Moscow Tel. +7 495 775 19 85 Fax +7 495 775 19 85 [email protected]
SLOVENIASavlje 89 SI - 1000 Ljubljana Tel. +386 1 5807 860 Fax +386 1 5611 173 [email protected]
SPAINC/Nord, 22 Pol. Ind. Buvisa E - 08329 Teià (Barcelona) Tel. +34 935 407 575 Fax +34 935 407 576 [email protected]
UNITED KINGDOMUnits 7-9 Lakeside Business Park Broadway Lane - South Cerney Cirencester - GL7 5XL Tel. +44 (0)1285 863300 Fax +44 (0)1285 862304 [email protected]
I N A S I A
CHINAUniversal Business Park B33, 3rd Fl, 10 Jiuxianqiao Rd., Chaoyang, Beijing 100016 P.R., China Tel. +86 10 59756108 Fax. +86 10 59756109 [email protected]
INDIAB1, IInd Floor, Thiru-Vi-Ka-Industrial Estate Guindy Chennai – 600 032 Tel. +91 44 3921 5400 Fax +91 44 3921 5450 — 51 [email protected]
MALAYSIA31 Jalan SS 25/41- Mayang Industrial Park 47301 Petaling Jaya.- Selangor, Malaysia Tel. +603 7804 1153 Fax +603 7803 8901 [email protected]
SINGAPORE 31 Ubi Road 1, Aztech Building # 01-00 (Annex) - SG - Singapore 408694 Tel. +65 6745 7555 Fax +65 6458 7377 [email protected]
THAILANDNo.9 Soi Vibhavadirangsit 42 Vibhavadirangsit Rd, Ladyao Chatujak Bangkok 10900 Tel. +66 2 941-1644-7 Fax. +66 2 941-1650 [email protected]
VIETNAM539/23 Luy Ban Bich St., Phu Thanh Ward, Tan Phu Dist Ho Chi Minh City Tel. +84-839734.990 Fax +84-839735.088 [email protected]
www.socomec.com
I N O C E A N I A
AUSTRALIALevel 9, Avaya House 123 Epping Road North Ryde, NSW 2113 Tel. +61 2 8985 7365 Fax +61 2 8985 7345 [email protected]
SALES, MARKETING AND SERVICE MANAGEMENTSOCOMEC UPS Paris95, rue Pierre Grange - F-94132 Fontenay-sous-Bois Cedex - FRANCE Tel. +33 (0)1 45 14 63 90 - Fax +33 (0)1 48 77 31 12 - [email protected]
VALID FOR FRANCE VALID FOR ITALY
ISO 9001:2008FM 28237
ISO14001:2004EMS 553476
Pagine da icd_27093_ep1.pdf 1 20/04/2010 15.15.55